09-0057 (RC)P.O. BOX 1504
78-495 CALLE TAMPICO
LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA 92253
T4ht 4 4 Q"
BUILDING & SAFETY DEPARTMENT
BUILDING PERMIT
VOICE (760) 777-7012
FAX (760) 777-7011
INSPECTIONS (760) 777-7153
'
Date: 3/18/09
Application Number:
09-00000057
Owner:
Property Address:
49499 EISENHOWER DR
CNL HOSPITALITY PROP INC
APN:
658-190-011-30 -28545 -
450 S ORANGE AVE #12TH
Application description:
REMODEL - COMMERCIAL
ORLANDO, FL 32801
Property Zoning:
TOURIST COMMERCIAL
(617) 412-2800
Application valuation:
2000000
Contractor:Applicant:
Architect or Engineer:
BELFOR USA GROUP INC2920 E. WHITE STAR AVEAPR
KE�
Q 12009G-A0-fANAHEIM,
CA 92806
(714)632-7685ITYOF.LArdj)iil�
Lic . NO.: 810553
G
r
-
LICENSED CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION
I hereby affirm under penalty of perjury that I am licensed under provisions of Chapter 9 (commencing with
Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business an fessionals Code, and my License is in full force and effect.
License Class: B Z,Li nse fNo.: 810553
/
Y Dater Contractor.
OWNER.BUILDER D RATION
I hereby affirm under penalty of perjury that I am exempt from the Contractor's State License Law for the
following reason (Sec. 7031.5, Business and Professions Code: Any city or county that requires a permit to
construct, alter, improve, demolish, or repair any'structure, prior to its issuance, also requires the applicant for the
permit to file a signed statement that he or she is licensed pursuant to the provisions of the Contractor's State
License Law (Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code) or
that he or she is exempt therefrom and the basis for the alleged exemption. Any violation of Section.7031 .5 by
any applicant for a permit subjects the applicant to a civil penalty of not more than five hundred dollars ($500).:
1 _ 1 I, as owner of the property, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do the work, and
the structure is not intended or offered for sale (Sec. 7044, Business and Professions Code: The
Contractors' State License Law does not apply to an owner of property who builds or improves thereon,
and who does the work himself or herself through his or her own employees, provided that the
improvements are not intended or offered for sale. If, however, the building or improvement is sold within
one year of completion, the owner -builder will have the burden of proving that he or she did not build or
improve for the purpose of sale.).
(_ 1 I, as owner of the property, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors to construct the project (Sec.
7044, Business and Professions Code: The Contractors' State License Law does not apply to an owner of
property who builds or improves thereon, and who contracts for the projects with a contractor(s) licensed
pursuant to the Contractors' State License Law.).
1 _ ) I am exempt under Sec. , B.&P.C. for this reason
<' Dater
Owner:
CONSTRUCTION LENDING AGENCY
I hereby affirm under penalty of perjury that there is a construction lending agency for the performance of the
work for which this permit is issued (Sec. 3097, Civ. C.).
Lender's Name:
Lender's Address:
WORKER'S COMPENSATION DECLARATION
I hereby affirm under penalty of perjury one of the following declarations:
_ I have and will maintain a certificate of consent to self -insure for workers' compensation, as provided
for by Section 3700 of .the Labor Code, for the performance of the work for which .this permit is
issued.
I have and will maintain workers' compensation insurance, as required by Section 3700 of the Labor
Code, for the performance of the work for which this permit is issued. My workers' compensation
insurancer carrier and policy number are:
Carrier NTL UNION INS Policy Number WC1593151
_ I certify that, in the performance of the work for which this permit is issued, I shall not employ any
person in any manner so as to become subject to the workers' compensation laws of California,
and agree that, if I should be a subject to the workers' compensation provisions of Section
/ ) .. 3700 of the Labor Code, I forthwith om ly witl o Cprovisions:
• Date: /'� JAApplicant:
WARNING: FAILURE TO SECURE WORKERS COMPENSATION COVE IS UNLAWFUL, AND SHALL
SUBJECT AN EMPLOYER TO CRIMINAL PENALTIES AND CIVIL FINE TO ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND
DOLLARS ($100,000). IN ADDITION TO THE COST OF COMPENSATION, DAMAGES AS PROVIDED FOR IN
SECTION 3706.OF THE LABOR CODE, INTEREST, AND ATTORNEY'S FEES.
APPLICANT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
IMPORTANT Application is hereby made to the Director of Building and Safety for a permit subject to the
conditions and restrictions set forth on this application. '
1 . Each person upon whose behalf this application is made, each person at whose request and for
whose benefit work is performed under or pursuant to any permit issued as a result of this application,
the owner, and -the applicant, each agrees to, and shall defend, indemnifyand hold harmless the City
of La Ouinta, its officers, agents and employees for any act or omission related to the work being
performed under or following issuance of this permit.,
2. Any permit issued as a result of this application becomes null and void if work is not commenced
within 180 days from date of issuance of such permit, or cessation of work for 180 days will subject
permit to cancellation.
I certify that I have read this application and state that the above information is correct. I agree to comply with all
city and County ordinances and state laws relating to building cps r ction, and hereby autho ize representatives
ofithis count to enter pon the -mentioned property fo nsp coon pur
1//Date: 7ao� Signature (Applicant or Agent):
LQPERMIT
' Application Number .
. . 09-00000057 .
------ Structure Information
3924 SF KITCHEN, 3423 SF DINING
--=--
other struct info
CODE EDITION 2007
FIRE SPRINKLERS. NO
MIXED -USE OCCUPANCY A-2/B
OCCUPANT LOAD
-277.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1ST FLOOR SQUARE FOOTAGE
7347.0.0
Permit
BUILDING PERMIT
Additional desc
KITCHEN &.DINING RM.REMODEL
Permit Fee
5539.50 Plan Check Fee
3600.68
Issue Date
Valuation . . . .
21000000
Expiration Date
9/09/09
Qty Unit Charge
.Per
Extension,
BASE FEE
3539.50
1000.00 •2.0000
THOU BLDG 1,000,001 - UP
2000.00
Permit
ELECT -•ADD/ALT/REM
Additional.d_esc .
.Permit Fee . . .
511.55 Plan•Check Fee ..
127.89
Issue Date.
Valuation.
0
Expiration.Date
9/13/09
Qty Unit Charge
Per
Extension .
BASE FEE'.
15.00
20.00 .7500
PER ELEC`, DEVICE/FIXTURE 1ST 20
15.00
1.00 18.5000
EA, ELEC SVC <=6OOV/<=200A
18.50
9.00,- 37.5000
EA ELEC.•SVC <=60OV/>20OA/<=1000A
337.50
279.00 .4500
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
EA ELEC DEVICE/FIXTURE >20
125.55
Permit
MECHANICAL
Additional desc .
Permit Fee
216.00 Plan Check Fee
54.00
Issue Date
Valuation . . . .
0
Expiration Date
9/13/09
Qty Unit Charge
Per
Extension
BASE FEE
15.00
1.00 9.0000
EA MECH FURNACE <=100K
9.00
5.00 11.0000
EA MECH FURNACE >100K
55.00
1.00 9.0000'EA
MECH B/C <=3HP/100K BTU.
9.00
-5.00°• 16.5000
EA MECH B/C >3-15HP/>100K-500KBTU
82.50
" 3:00 6.5000
EA MECH VENT FAN,
19.50
4.00' 6.5000
EA MECH EXHAUST HOOD
26.00
LQPERMIT
Application Number . . . . . 09-00000057
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permit . . . PLUMBING
Additional desc .
Permit Fee . . 255.00 Plan Check Fee
63.75
Issue Date Valuation . . .
. 0
Expiration Date ... 9/13/09
Qty- Unit Charge Per
Extension
BASE FEE
15.00
38.00 6.0000 EA PLB FIXTURE
228.00
1.00 3.0000 EA PLB WATER INST/ALT/REP
3.0.0
12.00 .7500 EA PLB GAS PIPE >=5
9.00
7 --------------------------------------------------------------------
Special Notes and Comments
KITCHEN AND DINING AREA TENANT
IMPROVEMENT TO "AZUR" RESTAURANT AS PART
OF FIRE RESTORATION.3924 SF KITCHEN,
3423 SF DINING. OCCUPANT LOADS; KITCHEN
='22; DINING = 228; PRIVATE DINING = 27;
EXTERIOR TERRACE DINING = 77.
2007 CODES. A-2/B OCCUPANCY, TYPE V-B
CONSTRUCTION, NO SPRINKLER **NOTES; 1)
RICHARD DODSON CONSTRUCTION IS LISTED AS
THE 2ND CONTRACTOR OF RECORD.
2) METAL FRAME STRUCTURE AND AWNING AT
OUTDOOR DINING REQUIRES A SEPARATE
PERMIT**
Other Fees . . . . . . . . . ACCESSIBILITY PLAN REVIEW
360.07
BLDG STDS ADMIN.(SB1473)
80.00
ENERGY REVIEW FEE
360.07
STRONG MOTION (SMI) - COM
420.00
Fee summary Charged Paid Credited
Due
Permit Fee Total 6522.05 .00 .00
6522.05
Plan`Check Total 3846.32 .00 .00
3846.32
Other Fee Total 1220.14 .00 .00
1220.14
Grand Total. 11588.51 .00 .00
11588.51
-LQPERMU
Bin C(Vb
City of La Quinta
Building u Safety Division
P.O. Box 1504, 78-495 Calle Tampico
La Quinta, CA 92253 - (760) 777-7012.
Building Permit Application and Tracking Sheet
Permit #
Project Address: AI-T q 99 E( SC�tJ�p�✓C�L L
Owner's Name py'� �`'� �•a o�ezt- R.�,a.✓pGe—iyeC�e/rL[
t2[ S2 Z—_a L_ lwaawz "
A. P. Number.
Address: GNG SST B P: t' S ��}t2lc
Legal Description:
Contractor: Xlc'rb r�.o PoAeo.J 0_z,'V' 7tWA" All]
City, ST, Zip:
Telephone:(Q
Address:
Project Description: /Q trlU/L
City, ST, Zip:
Telephone:
City Lic. #:
State Lic. # :
Arch., Engr., Designer:
Address: 4�95 Z7, Y N J/Ic t/A�B1L T%I2.
City, ST, Zip: sCmiS QA[E Z 8 S Z S 8.
Telephone: V77- !///
Construction Type: Occupancy:
P Y=
Project type (circle one): New Add'n Alter Repair Demo
State Lic. #:
Name of Contact Person:XNO/LM
Sq. Ft.:
# Stories:
# Units:
Telephone # of Contact Person: C76 777 .-5E07 e&
Fstimated Value of Project: Z 1A1t-L/ oA)
C%oZAPPLICANT: DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE
#
Submittal
Req'd
Redd
TRACKING
PERMIT FEES
Plan Sets
Plan Check submitted
I a,1
Item Amount
Structural Calcs.
Reviewed, ready for corrections
714
Plan Check Deposit
Truss Calcs.
Called Contact Person
Plan Check Balance •
Energy Calls.
Plans picked up
PL S
Construction •
Flood plain plan
Plans resubmitted
Mechanical
Grading plan
2id Review, ready for( issue
Ip
Electrical 0
Subcontactor List
Called Contact Person
V
Plumbing 0
Grant Deed
Plans picked up
S.M.I.•
H.O.A. Approval
Plans resubmitted
Grading
IN HOUSE:-
''' Review, ready for correction issue
Devet er mpact Fee
Planning Approval
Called Contact Person
-►-P p�
Pub. Wks. Appr
Date of permit issue (�
School Fees
Total Permit Fees
RIVERSIDE COUNTY COMMUNITY HEALTH AGENCY
OF—PA.RTMENT OF .ENVIRO-NIVIENTAL, HEALTH
Plan Check # 13478
FOOD ESTABLISHMENT PLAN APPROVAL NOTICE
Date 3/30/9
Project Name Azur Restaurant at La Address 49-499 Eisenhower Dr. La Quinta
Quinta Resort and Club
Plans Submitted by Andrea Pelletier
Owner MSR Desert Resort Address
LP
Phone 760-777-5809
One Post Office Square, Boston Ma Phone 619-412-2800
02109
The plans are now approved subject to the conditions listed below and the attached compliance sheet.
1) Provide a commercial minimum 300 gallon size hot water heater that has a minimum
370,000btu (gas) or 82kw (electric). The bar must connect to main hot water heater or provide a
separate hot water heater commercial 18 gallons minimum with 19,000btu(gas) or 5kw(electric)
2. The proposed floor tile for the bar is to dark. (LDI Pietre 2 — vulvi -Porcelain) Provide approved
floor material for this area. Recommend providing sample to this Department prior to installation
3. The attached finishes schedule (from your email 3/19/9). All cove base tile is required to have
the 3/8" radius cove base. The janitorial area is required to have FRP to 8' measured from the
top of the cove base). All refrigeration/freezer must also have approved finishes with cove base.
The quarry tile must be smooth under all equipment, this includes sinks and shelving
4. Provide a certified air balance report for all the exhaust hood and make up air.
5. Nrovide a grease interceptor letter from your sewer agency.
CONSTRUCTION INSPECTIONS: Contact the Plan Checker for a Preliminary Inspection when construction is
approximately 80% complete, with plumbing, rough ventilation, and rough equipment installed. Request for
inspection should be made at least five (5) working days in advance.
A FINAL INSPECTION MUST be made upon completion of ALL work including finished details. APPROVAL to
operate shall not be granted, or remodeled areas approved to operate, until the facility has passed the FINAL
INSPECTION, and°APPLICATION TO OPERATE" has been completed and PERMIT FEES have been paid.
Request for inspection should be made at least five (6) working days in advance.
PLANS CHECKED BY
Phone
I acknowledge the corrections noted herein and as indicated on the plans and agree to incorporate them during
construction:
Signature eDate 3
C ornnanv Name
r'
• FINISH SCHEDULE
NUMBER ROOM
- WALLS
FLOOR
FINISH
BASE
-
CEILING
FINISH
CEILING
HEIGHT
CEILING
TREATMENT
NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST
GOLF MAINTENANCE BUILDING
101
OFFICE
PAINT
PAINT
PAINT
PAINT
QUARRY TILE
QUARRY TILE COVE BASE
CEILING TILE
9'-6' AFF
102
BEVERAGE COOLER
MANUF.
MANUF.
MANUF.
MANUF.
MANUF.
MANUF.
MANUF.
MANUF.
103
STORAGE
FRP
FRP
FRP
-
QUARRY TILE
01JARRY TILE COVE BASE
CEILING TILE
9'-6'. AFF
104
SERVICE BAR
FRP
FRP
FRP
QUARRY TILE
QUARRY TILE COVE BASE
CEILING TILE
9'4' AFF
105
WINE & LIQUOR STORAGE
FRP
FRP
FRP
FRP
QUARRY.TILE
QUARRY TILE COVE BASE
PAIN
9'-6' AFF
PAINTED GYP. BOARD
106
KITCHEN VESTIBULE
PAINT
PAINT
PAIN
PAINT
QUARRY TILE.
QUARRY TILE COVE BASE
PAIN -
9'.6' AFF
PAINTED GYP. BOARD
107
SERVICE STATION #1
FRP
FRP
FRP
FRP
QUARRY TILE
QUARRY TILE COVE BASE
CEILING TILE
9'-6' AFF
108
SILVERWARE STORAGE
FRP
FRP
FRP
FRP
QUARRY TILE
QUARRY TILE COVE BASE
CEILING TILE
9'-6' AFF
109
WARE & POT WASHING
STAINLESS STEEL.
STAINLESS STEEL
FRP
-
QUARRY TILE
QUARRY TILE COVE BASE
CEILING TILE
9'-6' AFF
110
MAIN COOKING 8 DISH -UP
.FRP
FRP
QUARRY TILE.
QUARRY TILE COVE BASE
CEILING TILE
9'-6' AFF
III
SERVICE STATION #2 -
FRP
FRP.
FRP
FRP
QUARRY TILE
. QUARRY TILE COVE BASE
CEILING TILE
9'-6'AFF
112
DRY STORAGE
FRP
FRP
FRP
FRP
QUARRY TILE
QUARRY TILE. COVE BASE
CEILING TILE
9'-6' AFF
113
STORAGE
FRP
FRP
FRP
FRP
QUARRY TILE
QUARRY TILE COVE BASE
CEILING TILE
9'•6' AFF
-
114
PREP COOKING
STAINLESS STEEL
FRP
STAINLESS STEEL
FRP
QUARRY TILE
QUARRY TILE COVE BASE
CEILING TILE
9'-6' AFF
115
ICE. PRODUCTION
-
FRP
FRP
QUARRY TILE
QUARRY TILE COVE BASE
CEILING TILE
9'-6' AFF
116
JANITORS SINK
PAIN
PAIN
PAIN
PAINT
QUARRY TILE
QUARRY TILE COVE BASE
CEILING TILE
9'-6' AFF
117
REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER
MANUF.
MANUF.
MANUF.
MANUF.
MANUF.
MANUF.
MANUF.
MANUF.
118
SERVICE STATION #3
FRP.
FRP
- FRP
FRP
QUARRY TILE
QUARRY TILE COVE BASE
CEILING TILE
9'-6' AFF
1. FLOOR TILE TO BE 6' . W DAL TILE ABRASIVE QUARRY TILE WITH COVE BASE AT WALLS, WALK-IN BOXES. TILE TO HAVE ACID RESISTANT GROUT.
2. WALL FINISH TO BE FRP PANELS OVER GREEN BOARD OR DENS SHIELD. WALL. FINISH BEHIND COOKING EQUIPMENT TO BE STAINLESS STEEL WALL FLASHING BY KEC OVER CMU OR
WONDERBOARD. COORDINATE WALL FINISHES WITH KITCHEN DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT USTS. -
3. CEILING FINISH TO BE 2' a a' WASHABLE NON -ACOUSTIC PANELS' WITH ALUMINUM CLAD T-GRID.
sew OCT-28-2009`WED 09:50 AM SSW MECHANICAL CONST., FAX NO. 7603230418 P. 02
(Page 3 of 12) CF i6R
INSTALLATION CERTIFICATE Permit Number ,
Site Address%115�t'T•i Q9 — �C' ► P�11sJ 6 R EF
L49-1,4madr
qq ISEaa ow e Dom.
An installation certificate is required to be posted crom letion of final pcotion, It copy must be provided l ding site or , availabic for am tto the inspections.
information provided on this fban is required) Afterp er Section 10-103(a).
department (upon request) and the building owner at occupancy, p
HVAC SYSTEMS:
II eating Equipment
C�
CE�Cerdfied Miz.
tl °
1riYicienoy
etc.)
Duct
Location
Duct or
Pipingload
}leuting
Heating
Capnoity
11quip Type
Naodcl
identical
(0.IUa,
(zCT•1Fvalue)
atiie etc
R-value
(Ptu/hrBtu/hr(
lc .beat um
SveteIns
.
H SPF Q.o
' j c " A
R$. O
Stour
6o Cno
tv Cam;
(`1 Q yB �o �-
2-
Coo li •F, ui meet
CEC Certified Mfr,
'it of
£ficiency
r EF?F)t
Duct
Location
Duct
Cooling
bond
Co;r�)
Ca
]✓quip Type
Nfunc and Modal
Identical
(STER
lRvalue)
(attic etc.)
R=value
Rita/tv
(B
k .heat um 1
Number
Svstoms
►� r,,
phs1�
v
S1 3aQ
(y0
1. �: symbol reads greater than or equal to what ja indicated on the CF IR value.
Include bout SEER and....ER if compliance credit for high EE.R air conditioner is claimed
ent to
✓ WI I, the undersigned, verify that equipment listed above is; ��loc equipmentrrLj bmittd orecompliaocGlwith the
morn efficient than that spaaified in the certificate of compliance equipment that meets or exceeds the appropriate
Energy Efficiency Standards for. residential buildings, ilcable,
requirements for manufactured devices (from the Appliance Efficiency Regulations or Part 6), where app
Installing Subcontractor (Co. Name) OR General
Contract or'(Co. Name) Olt O�wtter ���'w ��C►��NtG. �'C'
Signature: R ¢�_
�.
Copies to:'BUILDING piCpA,RTWNT, T3'1.ItS 12ATER (LF
APPIaICABTXi) B`Uff DING OWNER AT OCCUPANCY
.Residential Compliance Forms.
April 2005
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
(Part 1 of 4) . LTG-1-C
PROJECT NAME AZUR @ LA QUINTA
DATE 1-6-09
PROJECT ADDRESS LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA
PRINCIPAL DESIGNER -LIGHTING PACIFIC ELECTRIC, INC.
TELEPHONE (818) 43-1500
Building Permit
DOCUMENTATION AUTHOR DAVID TRUAX
TELEPHONE
(626) 915-4523
Checked by/Date
I Enforcement Agency Use
GENERAL INFORMATION
DATE OF PLANS
1-6-09
BUILDING CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA
3331 SF
CLIMATE ZONE
8
BUILDING TYPE
® NONRESIDENTIAL ❑ HIGH RISE RESIDENTIAL
❑ HOTEL/MOTEL GUEST
® CONDITIONED SPACES
❑ UNCONDITIONED SPACES ❑ INDOOR / OUTDOOR SIGNS
PHASE OF CONTRUCTION
❑ NEW ❑ ADDITION
® ALTERATION
METHOD OF LIGHTING COMPLIANCE
[:]PERFORMANCE ❑ COMPLETE BUILDING ® AREA CATEGORY
❑ TAILORED
❑ COMMON LIGHTING
STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE
This Certificate of Compliance lists the building features and performance specifications need to comply with Title 24, Parts 1 and 6 of the California
Code of Regulations. This certificate applies only to building lighting requirements.
The documentation prepare hereby certifies that the documentation is accurate and complete.
DOCUMENTATION AUTHOR DAVID TRUAX SIGNATURE DATE 1-6-09
The Principal Lighting Designer hereby certifies that the proposed building desig�res i set of construction documents is consistent with the
other compliance forms and worksheets, with the specifications, and with and 1 mitted with this permit application. The proposed
building has been designed to meet lighting requirements contained in a b�S, e o s 1 0, 119, 130 132, 146, 148, & 149 of Title 24, Part
6. v
❑ The plans & specifications meet the requirements of P 6i� The ins Ilation certificates meet the requirements of
Part 6 (10-103a 3). tu
❑ The operation & maintenance information me t iriO�c .
Please check one: (these sections of the Busin ss �nr Anted ' II i e onresidential Manual.)
❑ I hereby affirm that I am eligible under the provisid s of D1visj6n' a A95 Busine e ' ns Code to sign this document as the person
responsible for its preparation; and that I am license in the St alif rn' a eer or electrical engineer, or I am licensed architect.
Q I affirm that I am eligible under the provisions of Div ion 3 of the s a rofessions Code by section 5537.2 or 6737.3 to sign this
document as the person responsible for its prep arati ; and itu nsed contractor performing this work.
❑ I affirm that I am eligible under Division 3 of the Business r1101�rof ons Code to sign this document because it pertains to a structure or type
of work desribed as exempt pursuant to Business and f Ions Codeons 5537. 5538 anri 6737 1
PRINCIPAL LIGHTING DESIGNER -NAME
PACIFIC ELECTRIC, INC.
SIGNATURE /
DATE
1-6-09
LIC. #
716907
LIGHTING MANDATORY MEASURES
✓ 0 Indicate location on plans of Note Block for Mandatory Measure E2
LIGHTING COMPLAINCE FORMS & WORKSHEETS (check box if worksheet is included)
Q LTG-1-C, Parts 1 of 4 and 2 of 4
Certificate fo Compliance. part 1 of 4 and 2 of 4 are required for all submittals
❑ LTG-1-C, Part 3 of 4
Certificate fo Compliance. part 3 of 4 submittal is required only if Control are claimed
LTG-1-C, Part 4 of 4
Certificate fo Compliance. part 4 of 4 submittal is required when lighting controls are installed
LTG-2-C
Interior Lighting Schedule
❑ LTG-3-C
Portable Lighting Worksheet
❑ LTG-4-C
Lighting Controls Credit Worksheet
0 LTG-5-C
Interior Lighting Power Allowance
❑ LTG-6-C
Tailored Method Worksheet
❑ LTG-7-C
Room Cavity Ratio Worksheet 1
❑ LTG-8-C
Common Lighting Systems Method Worksheet
❑ LTG-9-C
Line Voltage Track Lighting Worksheet
❑ OLTG-4-C
71
Signs (See OLTG-4-C Sign worksheet in Chapter 6, Outdoor Lighting and Sign
2005 Nonresidential Compliance Forms it ` A ri12005
D�IC�. p
CERTIFICATE, OF COMPLIANCE (Part 2 of 4)° LTG-1-C
PROJECT NAME AZUR @Q LA QUINTA DATE 1-6-09
INSTALLED INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER FOR CONDITIONED AND UNCONDITIONED SPACES.
INSTALLED LIGHTING, CONDITIONED SPACES (From LTG-2-C)
' PORTABLE LIGHTING (From LTG-3-C)
LIGHTING CONTROL CREDIT, CONDITIONED SPACES (From LTG-4-C)
CONDITIONED SPACE ADJUSTED INSTALLED LIGHTING POWER
INSTALLED LIGHTING, UNCONDITIONED SPACES (From LTG2-C)
LIGHTING CONTROL CREDIT, UNCONDITIONED 'SPACES (From LTG-4-C)
UNCONDITONED SPACE ADJUSTED INSTALLED LIGHTING POWER
INSTALLED
WATTS
4263
+ 0
- 0
= 4263
-
=
ALLOWED INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER FOR CONDITIONED SPACES
❑ COMPLETE BUILDING METHOD (from LTG-5-C)
❑ AREA CATEGORY METHOD (from LTG-5-C)
❑ TAILORED METHOD (from LTG-5-C) ALLOWED
WATTS
ALLOWED LIGHTING POWER 4334
ALTERNATE COMPLIANCE
❑ PERFORMANCE -METHOD
❑ COMMON LIGHTING SYSTEM (from LTG-8-C) `
ALLOWED INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER FOR UNCONDITIONED SPACES (From LTG-5-C) Watts
MANDATORY LIGHTING MEASURES FOR INTERIOR LIGHTING AND DAYLIT AREAS
MANDATORY INTERIOR AND DAYLIGHTING AUTOMATIC CONTROLS
CONTROL TYPE
(Auto Time Switch,
Dimming,
Photosensor, etc.)
✓
if Control is
for
Daylighting
NOTE TO
FIELD
CONTROL LOCATION
(Room #, Area #, or
Description)
CONTROL
IDENTIFICATION
SPACE CONTROLLED
Lists the Iodation of
controlled lights
2005 Nonresidential Compliance -Forms
April 2005
INTERIOR LIGHTING SCHEDULE (Part 1 of 2) LTG-2-C
PROJECT NAME DATE
AZUR (a LA QUINTA 1-6-09
INSTALLED LIGHTING POWER FOR CONDITIONED SPACES
Luminaire
Lamps/Ballasts
Installed Watts
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
Name
Type Description
�m
-p
CD -0
°� r
3 33
5 (fin 6
0) -
co m o
0) -1
CD v
-a - N
c We
3 v3
5 fn Cr
m CDm
m CD o
c
3'
in
m
✓
0
Cl)0
rn^ _«
—
= z
3
5 3
n�
CD
cn
x N
a
H
SURFACE MTD. FIXTURE
A19
1
60
-
60
✓
21
1260
SM
SURFACE MTD. FIXTURE
A19
2
60
-
120
✓
1
120
W2/W2A
2' x 4' TEE, -BAR LAY -IN
T8
2
32
1
58
✓
3
174
W MEMA
2' x 4' TEE -BAR LAY -IN
T8
3
32
2
87
✓
27
2349
COOLER/FREEZER LIGHT
60
✓
6
360
PAGE TOTAL 4263
BUILDING TOTAL (sum of all pages) + 4263
PORTABLE LIGHTING (From LTG-3-C) + 0
CONTROL CREDIT (From LTG-4-C) - 0
ADJUSTED ACTUAL WATTS = 4263
2UU5 Nonresidential Compliance Forms Apri12005
COMPLETE BUILDING METHOD - CONDITIONED SPACES
WATTS
COMPLETE
ALLOWED
BUILDING CATEGORY (From § 146 Table 146-B)
PER (ft2)
BLDG. ARE
WATTS
AREA CATEGORY METHOD - CONDITIONED SPACES
A
B
C
D
AREA CATEGORY (From § 146 Table 146-C)
WATTS
PER (ft 2)
AREA
(ft 2)
ALLOWED
WATTS
OFFICE
1.2
96
115
F000 PREPARATION
1.6
2278
3645
STORAGE
0.6
539
323
COOLER/FREEZER
0.6
418
251
3331
4334
TAILORED METHOD -CONDITIONED SPACES
TOTALS AREA• WATTS
TOTAL ALLOWED WATTS
- (From LTG-6-C)
UNCONDITIONED SPACES
A
B
C
D
Complete Building and Area Category Methods
CATEGORY (From § 146 Table •146-B & C)
WATTS
PER (ft 2)
AREA
(ft 2)
ALLOWED
WATTS
TOTALS AREA
WATTS
TAILORED METHOD -UNCONDITIONED SPACES
TOTAL UNCONDITIONED SPACES ALLOWED WATTS
(From LTG-5-C and LTG-6-C)
2005 Nonresidential Compliance Forms April 2005
TITLE 24 REPORT
Title 24 Report for:
FEB 2 7 2009
AZUR RESTAURANT
49-499 EISENHOWER DRIVE ey
LA QU I NTA, CA 92253
Project Designer:
BACKEN GILLAM ARCHITECTS
2352 MARINSHIP WAY
SAUSALITO, CA 94965
(415) 289-3860
Report Prepared By: -
Victor Leon
MRC Engineering, Inc.
72-880 Fred _Waring Drive Suite C-11
Palm Desert, CA 92260
(760) 340-9005
CITY OF LA QUINTA
BUILDING $ SAFETY DEPT.
APPROVED
Job Number: FOR CONSTRUCTION
8032.00 DA �MLBY�.-
Date:
1/14/2009
The EnergyPro computer program has been used to perform the calculations summarized in this compliance report. This program has approval and is
authorized by the California Energy Commission for use with both the Resdential and Nonresidential 2005 Building Energy Efficiency Standards.
This program developed by EnergySoft, LLC - www.energysoft.com.
EnergyPro 4.4 by EnergySoft Job Number: 8032.00 User Number: 7746
t
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
(Part 1 of 4)
LTG-1-C
PROJECT NAME
AZUR RESTAURANT
DATE
1-14-09
PROJECT ADDRESS
49-499 EISENHOWER DRIVE LA QUINTA CA 92253
PRINCIPAL DESIGNER -LIGHTING
RANDALL V. MOSS
TELEPHONE
760 340-9005
Building Permit #
Checked by/Date
Enforcement Agency Use
DOCUMENTATION AUTHOR
METHOD OF COMPLIANCE VICTOR LEON
TELEPHONE
(760) 340-9005
GENERAL INFORMATION
DATE OF PLANS
1 1-14-09
BUILDING CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA
3423
CLIMATE ZONE
BUILDING TYPE
® NONRESIDENTIAL
❑ HIGH RISE RESIDENTIAL
❑ HOTEUMOTEL GUEST
® CONDITIONED SPACES
❑ UNCONDITIONED SPACES
[-]INDOOR / OUTDOOR SIGNS
PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION
❑ NEW CONSTRUCTION
❑ ADDITION ® ALTERATION
METHOD OF COMPLIANCE
❑ PERFORMANCE ❑ COMPLETE BUILDING ® AREA CATEGORY ❑ TAILORED
❑ COMMON LIGHTING
STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE
This Certificate of Compliance lists the building features and performance specifications need to comply with Title 24, Parts 1 and 6 of the California Code
of Regulations. This certificate applies only to building lighting requirements.
The documentation preparer hereby certifies that the documentation is gccurpte and complete.
DOCUMENTATION AUTHOR
SIGNATURE 1/1
DATE
VICTOR LEON
71-14-09
The Principal Lighting Uesigner hereby certifies that the proposed building design representeW in this set of construction documents is consistent with the
other compliance forms and worksheets, with the specifications, and with any other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed building
has been designed to meet the lighting requirements contained in the applicable parts of Sections 110, 119, 130 through 132, 146,148 and 149 of Title 24, Part
6.
0 The plans & specifications meet the requirements of Part 6 (Sections 10-103a). ❑ The installation certificates meet the requirements of
Part 6 (10-103a3).
❑ The operation & maintenance information meets the requirements of Part 6 (10-103c).
Please check one: (These sections of the Business and Profesions Code are printed in full in the Nonresidential Manual.)
Q I hereby affirm that I am eligible under the provisions of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to sign this document as the person
responsible for its preparation; and that I am licensed in the State of California as a civil engineer or electrical engineer, or I am a licensed architect.
❑ I affirm that I am eligible under the provisions of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code by section 5537.2 or 6737.3 to sign this document
as the person responsible for its preparation; and that I am a licensed contractor performing this work.
❑ 1 affirm that I am eligible under Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to sign this document because it pertains to a.structure or type of
work described as exempt pursuant to Business and Professions Code Sections 5537, 5538 and 6737.1.
PRINCIPAL LIGHTING DESIGNERS NAME I SIGNATURE DATE LIC. #
RANDALL V. MOSS wy►�ic�I` �1-14-09 El3453
LIGHTING MANDATORY MEASURES
✓ ❑ Indicate location on plans. of Note Block for Mandatory Measure E3.0
LIGHTING COMPLIANCE FORMS & WORKSHEETS (check box if worksheet is included)
[5 LTG-1-C, Parts 1 of 4 and 2 of 4
Certificate of Compliance. Part 1 of 4 and 2 of 4 are required for all submittals
❑ LTG-1-C, Parts 3 of 4
Certificate of Compliance. Part 3 of 4 submittal is required only if Control Credits are claimed
[� LTG-1-C, Parts 4 of 4
Certificate of Compliance. Part 4 of 4 submittal is required when lighting controls are installed
[� LTG-2-C
Indoor Lighting Schedule
❑ LTG-3-C
Portable Lighting Worksheet
[� LTG-4-C
Lighting Controls Credit Worksheet
[� LTG-5-C
Indoor Lighting Power Allowance
❑ LTG-6-C
Tailored Method Worksheet
❑ LTG-7-C
Room Cavity Ratio Worksheet
❑ LTG-8-C
Common Lighting Systems Method Worksheet
❑ LTG-9-C
Line Voltage Track Lighting Worksheet
❑ OLTG-4-C
Signs (See OLTG-4-C Sign Worksheet in Chapter 6, Outdoor Lighting and Signs Chapter)
2005 Nonresidential Compliance Forms January 2006
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 2 of 4) . LTG-1 -C
PROJECT NAME DATE
AZUR RESTAURANT 1-14-09
INSTALLED INDOOR LIGHTING POWER FOR CONDITIONED AND UNCONDITIONED SPACES
INSTALLED
WATTS
INSTALLED LIGHTING, CONDITIONED SPACES (From LTG-2-C) .
PORTABLE LIGHTING (From LTG-3-C).
LIGHTING CONTROL CREDIT, CONDITIONED SPACES (From LTG-4-C)
CONDITIONED SPACE ADJUSTED INSTALLED LIGHTING POWER
INSTALLED LIGHTING, UNCONDITIONED SPACES (From LTG-2-C)
LIGHTING CONTROL CREDIT, UNCONDITIONED SPACES (From LTG-4-C)
UNCONDITIONED SPACE ADJUSTED INSTALLED LIGHTING POWER
ALLOWED INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER FOR CONDITIONED SPACES
COMPLETE BUILDING METHOD (from LTG-5-C)
AREA CATEGORY METHOD (from LTG-5-C)
TAILORED METHOD (from LTG-5-C)
ALLOWED
WATTS
ALLOWED LIGHTING POWER 5723
ALTERNATE COMPLIANCE
PERFORMANCE METHOD
COMMON LIGHTING SYSTEM (from LTG-8-C)
ALLOWED INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER FOR UNCONDITIONED SPACE (From LTG-5-C) Watts
MANDATORY LIGHTING MEASURES FOR INDOOR AND DAYLIT AREAS
6802
+ 0
1335
1.
5467
MANDATORY INDOOR AND DAYLIGHTING AUTOMATIC CONTROLS
CONTROL LOCATIO
(Room #,'Area #, or
Description)
I
CONTROL
� IDENTIFICATION
CONTROL TYPE
(Auto Time Switch,
Dimming,Photosensor,
etc.)
✓
If Control is
for
Daylighting
NOTE TO
FIELD
SPACE CONTROLLED
Lists the location -of
controlled lights
DINING
q.OTED DIMMING STATIO
SHEET E2.0
DIMMING
DINING
2005 NONRESIDENTIAL COMPLIANCE FORMS January 2006
i
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 4 of 4) LTG-1-C
PROJECT NAME
AZUR RESTAURANT 11-14-09
DATE
Designer:
This form is to be used by the designer and attached to the plans. Listed below are all the acceptance tests for lighting systems. The
designer is required to check the boxes by all acceptance tests that apply and list all equipment that require an acceptance test. If all equipment of a
certain, type requires a test, list the equipment description and the number of systems to be tested in parenthesis. The NJ number designates the
Section in the Appendix of the Nonresidential ACM Manual that describes the test. Also indicate the person responsible for performing the tests (i.e.
the installing contractor, design professional or an agent selected by the owner). Since this form will be part of the plans, completion of this section will
allow the responsible party to budget for the scope of work appropriately.
Building Departments:
Systems Acceptance. Before an occupancy permit is granted for a newly constructed building or space, or a new space -conditioning
system serving a building or space is operated for normal use, all control devices. serving the building or space shall be certified as
meeting the Acceptance Requirements for Code Compliance. In addition a Certificate of Acceptance, LTG-1-A, Forms shall be
submitted to the building department that:
A. Certifies plans, specifications, installation certificates, and operating 'and maintenance information meet the requirements of § 10-
103(b) and Title 24 Part 6.
Test Description
Test Performed By:
Q LTG-2-A: Lighting Control Acceptance Document
INSTALLING 'CONTRACTOR
- Occupancy Sensor Acceptance
- Manual Daylight Controls Acceptance
- Automatic Time Switch Control Acceptance
Equipment requiring acceptance testing
AUTOMATIC TIME SWITCH
❑ LTG-3-A: Automatic Daylighting Controls Document
Equipment requiring acceptance testing
I
C.
2005 NONRESIDENTIAL COMPLIANCE FORMS January 2006
.
J
INDOOR. LIGHTING SCHEDULE (Part.1 of 2) LTG-2-C
PROJECT NAME DATE
AZUR RESTAURANT 11-14-09
INSTALLED LIGHTING POWER FOR CONDITIONED SPACES
Luminaire
Lamps/Ballasts
Installed
Watts
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I-
J
Name
Type Description
�0)
m
z
c
3
cr
c o
3 r
v3
CDN
D
0)
z
c
3
c
c o
3 co
0)�m
` �'
3_ 0
0
mn
n
r Z
c c
�. 3
n'm
CD o
N
. N
m
0.
Caw
AL1
ADJUSTABLE DOWNLIGHT
LV
1
50
1
50
50
2500
AL2
DOWNLIGHT
LV
1
50
1
50
8
400
AL3
DOWNLIGHT
CFL
1
32
1
32
4
128
AL4
DOWNLIGHT
LV
1
20
1
20
4
80
AL5
DOWNLIGHT.
LV
1
20
1
20
14
280
AL6
FLUORESCENT STRIP
FL
1
35
1
35
10
350
AL7
ACCENT STRIP
LED
6 PER FT.
.2
1
PE1.2FT.
F 0
252
AL9
ACCENT STRIP
LED
MULTI
.2
1
12
1
12
L1 A
CHANDELIER
INC
3
100
1
100
7
700
L3A
SCONCE
INC
1
100
1
100
12
1200
L4A
TABLE LAMP
INC
1
60
1
60
6
360
L5A
TABLE LAMP
INC
1
60
1
60
2
120
L6A
TABLE LAMP
INC
1
60
1
60
2
120
L9A
TABLE LAMP
INC
1.
60
1
60
3
180
L10A
SCONCE
INC
1
60
1
60
2
120
PAGE TOTAL 6802
BUILDING TOTAL (sum of all pages) + 0
PORTABLE LIGHTING (From LTG-3-C) . It 0
CONTROL CREDIT (from LTG-4-C) - 1335
ADJUSTED ACTUAL WATTS = 5467
2005 NONRESIDENTIAL COMPLIANCE FORMS. ,
_ January 2006 ,
1 _
LIGHTING CONTROLS CREDIT WORKSHEET (Part 1 of 2) LTG-4-C
CONTROL CREDITS FOR CONDITIONED SPACES
PROJECT NAME DATE:
AZUR RESTAURANT 11-14-09
A
B
C
D
E
F G
H
I
J
ROOM n
ZONEID
CONDITIONED
AREAS
LIGHTING CONTROL
DESCRIPTION
PLANS
REFERENCE
ROOM
AREA
z
DAYLIGHTING
WATTS OF
CONTROL
LIGHTING
LIGHTING
ADJUSTMENT
FACTOR:
CONTROL
CREDIT
WATT
(Hx1)
WINDOW
WALL
RATIO
Glazing
VLT
SKYLIGHT
EFFECTIVE
APERTURE'
DINING
DIMMING SYSTEM
MULTISCENE PROG
E2.0
3298
6674
.20
1335
1) From Equation 146-A
2) From Table 146-A
PAGE TOTAL
1335
BUILDING TOTAL
1335
Enter in LTG-2-C: Lighting Control Credit
0
2005 Nonresidential Compliance Forms January 2006
COMPLETE BUILDING METHOD -CONDITIONED SPACES
BUILDING CATEGORY (FROM § 146 Table 146-B)
WATTS
PER f?
COMPLETE
BLDG. AREA
ALLOWED
WATTS
AREA CATEGORY METHOD - CONDITIONED SPACES
A
B
C
D
AREA CATEGORY (From §146 Table 146-C)
WATTS
PER (ftz)
AREA
(ft2)
ALLOWED'
WATTS
DINING
1.1
3298
3628
*CHANDELIERS. SCONCES
2020
CORRIDOR
0.6
125
75
TOTALS
3423
5723
AREA
WATTS
TAILORED METHOD - CONDITIONED SPACES
TOTAL ALLOWED WATTS
TAILORED METHOD - UNCONDITIONED SPACES
TOTALS AREA WATTS
TOTAL UNCONDITIONED SPACES ALLOWED WATTS
- (From LTG-5-C and LTG-")
2005 NONRESIDENTIAL COMPLIANCE FORMS - January 2006
HTING MANDATORY MEASURES
E
LTG-MM
ECT NAME
DATE
RESTAURANT
1-14-09
DESCRIPTION
DESIGNER
ENFORCEMENT
§131(d)1
For every floor, all interior lighting systems shall be equipped with a separate
automatic control to shut off the lighting. This automatic control shall meet the
requirements of Section 119 and may be an occupancy sensor, automatic time
switch, or. other device capable of automatically shutting off the lighting..
VICTOR ,LEON _.
[�• §131(d)2
Override for Building Lighting Shut-off: The automatic building shut-off system
is provided with a manual, accessible'override switch in sight of the lights. The
area of override is not to exceed 5,000 square feet.
VICTOR LEON
[� §119(g)
Automatic Control Devices Certified: All automatic control devices specified
,
are certified, all alternate equipment shall be certified and installed as directed
by the manufacturer.. .. _
VICTOR LEON
,.
[� §111.
Fluorescent Ballast and Luminaires'Certified: All fluorescent fixtures specified
!
for the project are certified and listed in the Directory. All installed fixtures shall
be certified:
VICTOR ' LEON
§131(a)
Individual Room/Area Controls: Each room and area in this building is ,
equipped with a separate switch or,occupancy sensor device for each area with
floor -to -ceiling walls. ' ' "
VICTOR . LEON
`
[� §131(b)
Uniform Reduction for Individual Rooms: All rooms and areas greater than 100
'
square feet and more than 0.8 watts per -square foot of lighting load shall be
controlled with bi-level switching for uniform reduction of lighting within the.
VICTOR LEON
§131(c)
Daylight Area Control: All rooms with windows and skylights that are greater
ti
than 250 square feet and that allow for the effective use of daylight in the area
shall have 50% of the lamps in each daylit area controlled by a separate switch;
'' '
k
or the effective use of daylight cannot be accomplished because the windows
•
'
are continuously shaded by a building on the adjacent lot. Diagram of shading
,
during different times of the year is included on plans.
VICTOR LEON '
❑ §131(e) Display Lighting. Display lighting shall be separately switched on circuits that
are 20 amps or less.
F--
✓ARIABLE
I. MN(mum
INVERT
INLET
.T-8" u
L L
; -.,a
I :
-
7500 GALLON LOW PROFILE
BATTERY GREASE INTERCEPTOR
. MODEL 3X2500
AS REQUIRED
(AT EXTRA COST)
5432�-03RISER W
--2432-06 'RISER-6'"
'.2432-12 RISER-12"
SIDEMEW
CUTAWAY
24 CAST IRON FRAME & COVER
WITH GASKET,(GASTIGNT),
3 STANDARD-2 SHOWN -
,LJOUID CAPACITY: 7500 GALLONS
BOX :DESIGN LOAD: H-20 TRAFFIC UP TO 6'CO COVER.
FOR COMPLETE DESIGN INFORMATION,
CONSULT JENStN PRECAST.
BITUMINOUS COATING.
APPLIED PER CODES
LAYING LENGTH 50'-1"
INVERT
OUTLET
4" INLET &
OUTLET
PIPE AND
FITTINGS ARE 4'-9"
STANDARD
• 2x6.REDWpbo GRADE BOARDS
(SUPPLIEbb'? OTHERS)'
• NOTE: 'THE PRECAST CONCRETE UNITS
SHALL. BE. PLACED ON LEVEL UNDISTURBED
SOIL, OR APPROVED COMPACTED FILL.. TWO
2i6 REDWOODGRADE BOARDS
RDS . SHALL BE
PLACED -BELOW THE'TANkSIDE WALLS ALONG
THE LONG- DIMENSION.
16'-7" 16'-7"
to TOPMEW 0
.COVERS T-15"
REMOVED
CITY OF LA QUINTA
BUILDING & SAFETY DEPT.
O'
_ RECOMME4DED
RISER / CA
3TIRON
COVER LOl'
ATIONG--.,
INLET
OPTIONAL
RISER/ CA'hm
3, , 141 By—T4.
COVER.
COVEOPRA
.ASSEMBLY SEbUtNbE•
81IJE VIEW
ICOVER.'
12-COVER
,3 COVER
I BASE
1 2 BASE
3 BASE
fl Df f =( ce-
OUTLET
12/80
IT
r
1989 Jensen Precast 'Since 1968
OMNITEMP REFRIGERATION' RACK
1
PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW
(FRONT VIEW) l (REAR VIEW)
DISCIMM-
6'•I
a
a•
e
0
0
0
0
0
O
0
O
ELEVATION ELEVATION
(FRONT VIEW) I I� .(REAR VIEW)
+
®�"� I� 9�� fd�l� Refrigeration 9300 Hall Road, Downey. CA. 90241
Phone: (562) 923-9660 Fax: (562)862-7466
Division of Omniteam, Inc.
E-Mail: Cathyb@omniteaminc.com
;.
RIVERSIDE COUNTY
FIRE DEPARTMENT
'
In cooperation with the
California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection
.�
210 West San Jacinto Avenue . Perris, California 92570 • (951) 940-6900 4 Fax (951) 940-6910
John R. Hawkins
February 20,2009
Fire Chief
Proudly serving the
unincorporated
areas of Riverside
RE: TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLAN CHECK
County and the
LAQ-09-TI-002 Azuc Restaurant 49-999 Eisenhower Dr: La Quinta,CA
Cities of: .
Banning
You have been issued a release for, a tenant improvement on an existing building. THIS IS
NOT AN OCCUPANCY PERMIT. -
Beaumont
.;.
It is prohibited to use/process or store any materials in this, occupancy that would
"H".
Calimesa
4•
an classify it as
occupancy per Sec. 307 of the 20007 UBC.
Can4. yon Lake
THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS MUST BE MET PRIOR
Coachella
TO INSPECTION:
•s
Desert Hot Springs
Install door hardware and exit signs as per Chapter 10 of the 2007 UBC:
Indian wens
A minimum 2A10BC Fire Extinguisher, State Fire Marshal Approved).must be -mounted in a
visible location within 75'
Indio
walki g distance from .an y point in your building or suite. Fire
extinguishers can be installed by a licensed extinguisher company with
❖
Lake Elsinore
a State Fire Marshal
service tag attached to the extinguisher, or purchased from a retail, store with.a sales receipt
attached. A licensed fire extinguisher company must
service extinguisher yearly.
La Quinta
,,
Moreno
All breakers must be labeled and a clearance of 36 inches must be maintained
valley
panel at all times. around the
Palrri Desert
OTHER REQUIREMENTS:
Penis
.;
Rancho Mirage
A durable sign stating "This door to remain unlocked'during business hours" shall be placed
on or adjacent to the front exit door.
*'
The sign shall be in letters not less than one inch high
on a contrasting background.
Rubidoux CSD
San Jacinto
e•
Room. capacity shall be posted in, a conspicuous pl
exit from the room. ace on an approved sign near the main
Temecula
Install a Hood/Duct automatic fire extinguishing system. System plans must be submitted,
along with a plan checkhrispection
of
Board Supervisors
fee, to the Fire Department for review.
Bob Buster,
District l
Applicant/installer shall be responsible to contact the Fire Department to schedule
inspections.
John Tavaglione, '
A re -inspection fee will be required if more than one (1) inspection is necessary:
Requests for inspections are to be
District 2
made at least 72 hours in advance and may be arranged
by calling (760) 863-8886.
leff stone, ,
District 3
toy Wilson,
All questions regarding the meaning of these conditions should be referred to the Fire
Department Planning &Engineering Staff 't
(760.) 863-8886.
District 4
4arion Ashley, I
District 5
P.O. Box 1504
78-495 CALLE TAMPICO
LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA 92253
To: Greg Butler, Building & Safety Manager
From: Les Johnson, Planning Director
BUILDING &SAFETY DEPARTMENT
(760) 777-7012
FAX (760) 777-7011
To PD: 03/17/2009
Due date: ASAP
Permit #'09-057 StatusA st review
Building Plans Approval
.(This is an approval to issue a Building Permit)
The Planning Department has reviewed the Building Plans for the following
project:
Description: Azur Rest. Kitchen & Dining Remodel at the La Quinta Resort
Address or general location: 49499 Eisenhower Drive
Applicant Contact: Andrea Pelletier Ph: 777-5809
The Planning Department finds that:
...these Building Plans do not require Planning Department approval.
...these Building Plans are approved by the Planning Department.
...these Building Plans require corrections. Please forward a copy of the
attached corrections to the applicant. When the corrections are made
please return them to the Planning Department for review.
,3/ZY/0 9
Les Johnson, Planning Director C
NOTE: PLEASE'RETURN PLANS WITH GREEN SHEET TO THE BUILDING
AND SAFETY DEPARTMENT
Q, .
a
CITY OF LA QUINTA
BUILDING & SAFETY DEPARTMENT
FM OF „��� (760) 777-7012
INSPECTION REQUEST LINE
(760) 777-7153
Owner CNI. 140SPITALITY PROP. INC.
Contractor RFT FOR USA GROUP 7�
Permit NumberL (19-57
POST ON JOB IN CONSPICUOUS PLACE
INSPECTOR MUST SIGN ALL APPLICABLE SPACES
JOB ADDRESS 49-499 EISENHOWER DR
KITCHEN AND DINING AREA TENANT
IMPROVEMENT TO "AZUR" RESTAURANT AS
PART OF FIRE RESTORATION.3924 SF CVr-R
TYPE OF INSPECTION
DATE
INSP.
TEMPORARY POWER
SETBACKS
U/G PLUMBING / WASTE
U/G ELECTRICAL / GROUNDING
FOOTINGS / STEEL
CONCRETE SLAB
DO NOT POUR CONCRETE UNTIL ABOVE SIGNED
ROOF NAIL / PRE -ROOF
OKAY TO WRAP
FRAMING COMBINATION
ROUGH ELECTRIC
ROUGH PLUMBING
ROUGH MECHANICAL
INSULATION
COVER NO WORK UNTIL ABOVE SIGNED
INTERIOR GYP. BD. DRYWALL
EXTERIOR LATH
GAS TEST
SEPTIC ABANDONMENT
SEWER CONNECTION
SEPTIC / GREASE INTERCEPTOR
MASONRY INSPECTIONS
FOOTINGS / STEEL
BOND BEAM
POOL / SPA / WATER FEATURE INSPECTIONS
PRE-GUNITE / SETBACKS
U/G PLUMBING
U/G GAS
U/G ELECTRICAL
PRE -PLASTER ALARMS /BARRIERS
FINAL INSPECTIONS
TEMP. USE OF PERMANENT POWE
ELECTRICAL
PLUMBING
MECHANICAL
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPT.
FINAL / JOB COMPLETED
CITY OF LA QUINTA
BUILDING & SAFETY DEPARTMENT
(760) 777-7012
INSPECTION REQUEST LINE
(760) 777-7153
Owner CNL HOSPITALITY PROP. INC.
Contractor RICHARD DODSON CONSTRUCTION
Permit Numbert, 9-57
POST ON JOB IN CONSPICUOUS PLACE
INSPECTOR MUST SIGN ALL APPLICABLE SPACES
JOB ADDRESS 49-499 EISENHOWER DR
KITCHEN AND DINING AREA TENANT
IMPROVEMENT TO "AZUR" RESTAURANT
PART OF FIRE RESTORATION.3924 SF meR
TYPE OF INSPECTION I DATE I INSP.
TEMPORARY POWER
SETBACKS
U/G PLUMBING / WASTE
U/G ELECTRICAL / GROUNDING
FOOTINGS / STEEL
CONCRETE SLAB
DO NOT POUR CONCRETE UNTIL ABOVE SIGNED
ROOF NAIL / PRE -ROOF
OKAY TO WRAP
FRAMING COMBINATION
ROUGH ELECTRIC
ROUGH PLUMBING
ROUGH MECHANICAL
INSULATION
COVER NO WORK UNTIL ABOVE SIGNED
INTERIOR GYP. BD. DRYWALL
EXTERIOR LATH
GAS TEST
SEPTIC ABANDONMENT
SEWER CONNECTION
SEPTIC / GREASE INTERCEPTOR
MASONRY INSPECTIONS
FOOTINGS / STEEL
BOND BEAM
POOL / SPA / WATER FEATURE INSPECTIONS
PRE-GUNITE / SETBACKS
U/G PLUMBING
U/G GAS
U/G ELECTRICAL
PRE -PLASTER ALARMS / BARRIERS
FINAL INSPECTIONS
TEMP. USE OF PERMANENT POWE
ELECTRICAL
PLUMBING
MECHANICAL
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPT.
FINAL / JOB COMPLETED
ABOVE APPROVALS DO NOT INCLUDE RIGHT TO
TURN ON UTILITIES OR OCCUPY BUILDING
ABOVE APPROVALS DO NOT INCLUDE RIGHT TO
TURN ON UTILITIES OR OCCUPY BUILDING
lit .
KITCHEN, 3423 SF DINING. OCCUPANT
LOADS; KITCHEN = 22; DINING = 228;
PRIVATE DINING = 27; EXTERIOR TERRACE
DINING = 77.
2007 CODES. "NOTE: RICHARD DODSON
CONSTRUCTION IS LISTED AS THE 2ND
CONTRACTOR OF RECORD"
KITCHEN, 3423 SF DINING. OCCUPANT
LOADS; KITCHEN = 22; DINING = 228;
PRIVATE DINING = 27; EXTERIOR TERRACE
DINING = 77.
2007 CODES. "NOTE: RICHARD DODSON.
CONSTRUCTION IS LISTED AS THE 2ND
CONTRACTOR OF RECORD"
Letter of Transmittal
To:
City of La Quints Today's bate:
3/13/09
78-495 Calle Tampico City Due Date
3/13/09
La Quinta, Ca 92253 Project Address:
49-499 Eisenhower Drive
New French Doors South Wall of Dinning Room
Attn:
Michele / Phillip Plan Check #:
09-57
Submittal: ❑ i St
❑
4th
® 2nd
❑
5th
❑ 3`d
❑
Other:
We are forwarding: ® By Messenger ❑ By Mail
(Fed Ex or UPS)
❑ Your Pickup
Includes: # Of Descriptions: Includes:
# Of
Descriptions:
Copies:
Copies:.
❑
Structural Plans
®
1
Revised Structural Plans
❑
Structural Calcs
®
1
Revised Structural Calcs
❑
Truss Calculations
❑
Revised Truss Calcs
❑
Soils Report
❑
Revised Soils Report
®
1 Structural Comment List
❑
Approved Structural Plans
®
1 Redlined Structural Plans
❑
Approved Structural Calcs
®
1 Redlined Structural Calcs
❑
Approved Truss Calcs
❑
Redlined Truss Calcs
❑
Approved Soils Report
❑
Redlined Soils Reports
®
2
Other: Spec. Manual
Comments: Structural content is approvable.
This
Material Sent for:
❑ Your Files
®
Per Your Request
❑ Your Review
❑
Approval
❑ Checking
❑
At the request of:
Other: ❑
By: JOHN THOMPSON
Palm Desert Office: ® # (760) 360-5770 (ext 102)
Other: 0
t
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
La Quinta Resort = Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration,
La Quinta, California
DIVISION 15000 SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX _
SECTION
SECTION TITLE
• 15010
Basic Mechanical Requirements
15060
Pipe and Pipe Fittings
15093
Flashing and Safing
15100
Valves
15120
Piping Specialties ,
15140
Supports and Anchors
151,90
Mechanical Identification
15250
Mechanical Insulation
15440
Plumbing Fixtures.
15500 •
Fire Protection Specialties
15885
Air Treatment Equipment
15890
Ductwork ;
' 15935
Air Inlets'and Outlets
15092
Pipe -System Testing 1
15993
Air and Water Systems'Balancing .. `
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
SECTION 15010 — BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART - GENERAL ` J
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: t`
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work in this Section: Principal scope of work' includes:
The Equipment Schedule on the drawings sets the quality and standard for all
the Equipment proposed for the Project. Redundant specifications will not be
included in Division 15000
-1. Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
o
a.
Make -Up Air and Exhaust Air Systems for Kitchen; equipment
located on roof. Make -Up Air and Exhaust Air Equipment shall be
interlocked with its respect Hoods.
b.
Rooftop Packaged Gas/Electric Heating and Cooling Units for
Kitchen and Lounge; equipment located on roof. Packaged Units
shall be controlled by its zone electric thermostat. -
c.
Rooftop Split Heat Pumps for Lounge; condensing unit on roof and
fan coil unit suspended in the space. Split Heat Pumps shall be
controlled by its zone electric thermostat.
d.
Ducting and air distribution devices as noted on the drawings and
these specifications for both the Kitchen and Lounge.
e.
Proprietary Unico Air Distribution System. including proprietary air
distribution devices for the Lounge.
f.
Duct lining and exterior wrap insulation as noted in the
specifications.
g.
Control interlocks of the Air Distribution Systems with the Food
Service Equipment Grease and Vapor Hoods.
h.
Control thermostats as noted on the, drawings.
L.
Air and Water Balance.
2. Plumbing
a.
New sanitary waste and vent and domestic hot and cold water
-
piping connections to existing infrastructure as shown on the
drawings. Scope does not include Lounge Bar with the exception of
re -energizing the cold water suoply in the Kitchen to the existing
underground water pipe. Scope includes new greasy waste piping
and connection to existing Grease Interceptor as shown on the
drawings.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS. } 15010 -.1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration.
ti. Existing Gas -Fired Water Heater, its existing Expansion Tank and
existing Hot .Water Circulating Pump shall remain (Contractor
shall confirm that the existing Circulating Pump is operational
and if not, provide separate cost to replace the Pump). Existing
Exchangeable Water Softener cylinders will remain adjacent to the
Water Heater enclosure.
C. Natural gas system shall be routed from the existing Gas Meter to
the Kitchen and restore gas service to the Water Heater.
A. New Plumbing Fixtures, Trim and Drains.
e. New Domestic Hot and Cold Water Piping (and HW insulation)
including Misting systems as indicated on the drawings.
f. New Sanitary Sewerage and Vent Piping.
g. New natural gas distribution system including restoration of gas
service to Gas -Fired Water Heater (See drawings for equipment
specifications and performance) and new Gas Fire Pit (furnished by
others).
3. Automatic Fire Sprinklers (Design/Construct).
-" a. Materials only — See Section 15500.
1.03 REQUIREMENTS:
A.
The requirements of the governing authorities of the State of California, Coachella
County and the City of La Quinta for the minimum acceptable standards for work
performed under Division 15000. The principal Codes that govern the construction
of this project shall be the 2007 Edition of the California Building Code, California
Mechanical Code and the California Plumbing Code with Amendments by Coachella'
County and the City of La Quinta.
B.
Incidental appurtenances, devices, equipment and installation procedures necessary
for complete and functional mechanical systems not necessarily specified or
indicated on the drawings, shall be included in the"scope of work at no additional
expense to the Owner.
C.
Contractor shall obtain and pay for necessary permits and inspections required by
the governing authorities to carry on the work. Fees required for permits and
inspections shall be paid directly by the Contractor.
D.
Nothing described in these specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be
construed to permit products, standards or procedures that do not conform to the
most stringent of the applicable codes ordinances, regulations or requirements
imposed by State or County officials authorized to enforce any or part of Division
15000 work.
E.
Before submitting a bid for the work described in this Section and illustrated on the
M-series" and P-series drawings, bidder shall be familiar with the plans and
specifications, shall have examined the existing conditions affected by the scope of
this project and understand the conditions under which he will be obligated to .
perform his part of the contract. Contractor shall include a certificate that the Con-
tractor had visited the property and to the extent available prior to construction, has
examined the existing conditions and has reflected those findings.in the bid proposal.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
No allowance shall be made in behalf of the. Contractor for failing to recognize
obvious impedance to his work and to notify the Architect of such conditions.
F. The drawings and these specifications take precedence when.they call for materials
or construction of better quality and/or larger size than required by codes, laws and
regulations. If any of the work depicted on the drawings or equipment specified is in
violation of the requirements of the codes, laws, ordinances or regulations of
Coachella County, City of La Quinta or the State of California, the Contractor, prior
to submitting bids for this•worll, shall notify the Architect of required modifications
for compliance. Architect shall confirm. compliance requirements and if necessary
shall issue a directive that shall be incorporated in the bidding. No allowance,. after
the bid, shall be made subsequently in behalf of the Contractor, for failing to notify
the Architect of such non -compliant materials or design solutions illustrated and
noted on the M-series and P-series drawings- and/or written in the Specifications.
Conflicts discovered between drawings and specifications; specifications shall
-govern.
G. Electrical apparatus and other equipment shall be°Underwriter Laboratory (UL) listed.
If all products in a particular class of equipment do not have U.L. listing, Engineering
Testing Laboratory (E.T.L.) listing is acceptable. The responsibility rests with the
Contractor to furnish and install products that comply with these requirements.
Manufacturers shall include certification of compliance with shop drawings'that prod-
ucts are Coachella County, City of La Quinta and/or State of California approved
and/or U.L. listed.
H. If any piece.of equipment is found not to conform to the compliance standards of this
Section, the Contractor shall remove equipment not complying with Code
requirements and replace.with approved equipment at no cost to the Owner.
Should any changes to the design as illustrated on the drawings or Specifications be
required to comply fully with the requirements of Subsections G and/or H, the
Contractor shall notify the Architect prior to engaging any of the work affected by this
clause. .
J. If any Coachella County or City of La Quinta Inspector or authorized agent of the
municipal entity or the State of California requires changes to any portion of the
installation, and the changes were not previously clarified by a drawing or a response .
to a field -generated Request For Information (RFI), the changes shall be done by the
Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
K. It is the Contractor's responsibility, in concert with these drawings and specifications,
to coordinate the Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning, and Plumbing points of
connections to existing services, and to equipment furnished under other Sections of
the Specifications or directly by the Owner.
1.04 CONDITION PURSUANT TO CONTRACTOR OFFERING BID:
A... The bid shall include the scope of work represented by the list of drawings and
specifications referenced. Additionally, items of construction coordination and
constructability are included in the Bid. If additional construction details are required,
the Architect will provide said details. In the event the Contractor can substantiate
with verifiable data that the prepared detail is beyond the value carried in the Bid f"
BASIC MECHANICAL. REQUIREMENTS 15010 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
amount, the Contractor will have the option to offer an "Industry Approved"
alternative that, meets the design criteria for review by the Architect. If the
recommended alternative is found to be acceptable, the Contractor will perform the
work. Whether the alternate is accepted or the Contractor is instructed to comply
with the details prepared for the project, there will be no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Change Order shall be defined as a substantive change in scope to the project.
Design clarifications offered. by the Architect or responses by the Architect to
Request For Information (RFI) are not changes in scope of the project.
1.05 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS:
A. For purposes of clearness and legibility, the -drawings are essentially diagrammatic
and although size and location of ducts, piping, and equipment is drawn to scale
wherever possible, this Contractor shall confirm that the spaces and locations de-
signated on the drawings for said ducts, pipes and equipment are coordinated with
the appropriate manufacturers and trades. The location and sizes of,existing
ducts are taken from the As Built drawings issued by the Owner. Locations
and sizes of ducts and piping are subject to field verification. While AutoCAD
drawings are precise in terms of dimensional data the information that is
transcribed on the drawings are taken from reproductions of the existing As
Built drawings therefore there is no guarantee that the placement of ducts and
Piping are exactly located as shown and therefore the Contractor may have to
make allowances in the bid to adjust the installation to comply with the
existing conditions.
B. Drawings indicate required size and termination of ducts and piping and offer proper
routes to conform to the structure to avoid obstructions and to preserve clearance for
service. However, it is not the intent to illustrate all necessary offsets that maybe
required to complete the work as described and it shall therefore be the responsibility
under this Section, to install ducts and piping in such a manner as to conform to the
existingstructure, avoid obstructions, preserve at least minimum headroom, keeping
openings and passageways clear, and provide for that equipment requiring
inspection, maintenance and repair, accessible. Failure to comply with this directive -
shall result in the Contractor making necessary adjustments to the installation at no
additional cost to the Owner.
C. The Contractor shall 'coordinate the work of this Section with the other trades of
these Specifications. No allowance in behalf of the Contractor will be considered
resulting as a consequence of insufficient coordination amongst the trades required
for the work of these Specifications.
D. The Contractor will be required to prepare Shop Drawings that accurately reflects the
dimensioned details of the installation of the equipment, piping and ducts. To
facilitate. that effort, the Engineer will provide on CD-ROM a complete set of the M-
series and P-series drawings. Each request shall require compliance with the
following directive:
a. Executed Release from the Contractor requesting the CAD files
C. Upon receipt of the executed Release, a CD -Rom of the drawings (with
HELLMAN & LOBER; INC. name removed) shall be prepared and sent to
the requesting Contractor within 48 hours. Costs for preparing the CD of the
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010 - 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
1.07
drawings and delivery costs shall be paid -by the Owner as a reimbursable
expense to the Engineer.- .
d. ' This request does not include automatic update of the drawings as they are
changed due to Change Orders. Each request for CAD files must follow the
above directives to be processed.
SUBMITTALS:
A. Preparation and submission of product submittals shall comply with Specification
Section 01300, and Subsection 1.04 of each product subsection of Division 15000.
.B. Before any material or authorized fabrication is delivered. to the project site, the
Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to the Architect: Submit a complete list of .
materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this Section, indicating the
manufacturer's name, catalog model number, and sufficient data to assure a
competent review of the material for compliance with the Drawings and/or the
Specifications. This clause shall in no way be construed as encouragement to
substitute equipment for specified items, except as provided in Section 01300 and
Subsection 1.07 of these specifications.
SUBSTITUTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS:
A. The product. specifications list acceptable manufacturers within each particular
product line. The drawings are specific regarding a particular manufacturer. The
substitution clause will not be in effect for Contractors that submit either the specific.. '
product noted on the drawings or an equivalent:product from one of the acceptable
manufacturers listed in the specifications.
B. If the Contractor prefers to submit a substitution product, the following procedure will
be strictly enforced by the Architect:
1. Manufacturers may not unilaterally request consideration for acceptance
unless submitted by a Contractor. The Architect/Engineer will disregard
attempts to circumvent this procedure.
2. Requests for substitution of products shall be forwarded to the Architect no
less than 15 days prior to the close of bids. The -Architect will notify the
Contractor within 7 days of bids which product manufacturer's will be
considered for substitution. Acceptance of a particular manufacturer/at this
time is limited to manufacturer only. It does not guarantee that the product
submittal will be accepted_if the substituted product does not meet the
technical requirements of the specifications.
3.: If substitution of products is required because the specified product is no
longer manufactured or, not approved by the local agencies or delivery
schedules cannot be met, the Contractor shall offer an equivalent substitute
product together CSI Form Substitution Request (after the Bidding phase).
4. - If VE (Value Engineering) is the motivating factor to substitute a product, the
Contractor shall submit CSI Form Substitution Request (after the Bidding
phase) .with a document that outlines the savings to be accrued by the
Owner if the substituted product is accepted. Bids prepared and offered on
the assumption that a particular product will be accepted by the Architect
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS. 15010 - 5
La Quinta Resort - Azur. Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
1.09
shall be grounds for the Architect to instruct the Contractor to submit and
install one of the specified manufacturers.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
,A. The Contractor shall coordinate the delivery of material to the jobsite to closely
coincide with the progress of the installation; materials shall not be stored on -site for
protracted periods of time.. Contractor shall bear sole responsibility for materials
stored on -site and off -site and -shall replace at no cost to the Owner materials loss,
stolen or damaged..
t B. The Contractor shall at all times protect materials on -site and off -site against
damage (weather related or otherwise) and installed equipment shall be protected
against damage by other trades. The Contractor bears full responsibility for the
protection of the materials; prior to turning the project over to the Owner. Equipment
shall be cleaned by the Contractor prior to turning the project over to the Owner. .
.Damaged equipment shall be replaced by the Contractor -at no cost to the Owner.
C. In the event of any damage to materials or equipment installed under the scope of
this Section, the Contractor shall make necessary repairs and/or replace damaged
equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. Replacement includes. necessary labor
and materials to restore damaged portions .of other trades and mechanical
appurtenances, piping and ductwork. damaged as a consequence of replacing
damaged equipment.
D. Refer to Subsection 1.05 of all other Sections of these Specifications with respect to
the delivery, storage and handling of material. .
LOCATION OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK
A. The location of piping, ductwork, apparatus and equipment indicated on the drawings
are diagrammatic. While every effort has been made to accurately depict locations
and sizes of existing ducting and piping and new ducting and piping, the Contractor
shall coordinate the locations of pipes, ducts, and equipment; responsibility for
coordination rests with. the Contractor regarding final placement of his work with
respect to the existing conditions, structural conditions, access for maintenance of
equipment and the work of other trades; with no additional compensation to the
Contractor or cost to the Owner.
'B. Install piping, ductwork, apparatus and equipment in a manner and in locations
preserving headroom, keeping openings and passageways . clear, avoiding ob-
structions, and not impeding serviceability of equipment.
ELECTRICAL WORK:
A. The Contractor shall assume the responsibility of coordinating the electrical work
upon submitting the shop drawings for review. Substitutions accepted by the
Architect that impact the electrical trade shall be coordinated by the Contractor.
'Shop drawings that contain electrical data shall be coordinated by the Contractors.
B. If additional costs are incurred by the other trades as a result of a substitution, the
Contractor shall bear full responsibility for those costs. Changes resulting from the
Contractor's substitutions do not constitute a change in scope to the project,
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
15010 - 6
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
1.12
1.13
therefore shall not be considered just cause'for a change request for any discipline
involved in the construction of this project:
C. Mechanical equipment provided and installed shall conform to the electrical data
shown on the contract documents and coordinated with Electrical Division.
COORDINATION:
A. Contractor shall ascertain where equipment rooms, shafts and equipment spaces,
duct and pipe routing have been planned. Before proceeding with any work, the
Contractor shall check and verify dimensions, sizes, etc., and assume responsibility
for the fitting -in of piping, ductwork, equipment.and materials.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of the project. While every
effort has been made to coordinate the location of the products required for Division
15000, certain cooperation between the trades will be required. It is not the intent of
the drawings to depict each and every pipe ,elbow and change of direction.
Congested areas shall be coordinated between trades.
C. Coordinate work with other trades that make use of the spaces for best. utilization of
Available room.
D. The Architectural and Structural drawings and existing conditions shall take preced-
ence over the Mechanical drawings in the representation of the general construction
work.
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI):
A. From time to time during the prosecution of the construction, questions will arise. If
after a thorough review of the existing conditions and drawings (Architectural,
Structural, Mechanical, Plumbing and Electrical) resolution of the question is not
readily answered, the Contractor may submit the. question in the form of an RFI.
B. Request for Information (RFI) submitted by the Contractor shall in all cases be
accompanied by a recommended solution by the Contractor. Response from the
Architect will be in the form of an acceptance of the Contractor's solution or an
alternative solution will be offered by the Architect.
C. Failure to include a reasonable solution to the inquirywill be grounds for the Architect
-to reject and return the request to the Contractor for further research. Returning of
improperly prepared BFI's shall not be grounds for the Contractor to be granted
additional time or compensation for the project.
D. While every effort will be made to respond to RFI's within 24 hours of receipt, some
issues may take longer to coordinate and resolve.
CONCRETE WORK:
A. If . Concrete work is required for the „installation of. the work of this Division,
requirements shall be performed as part of the work of this Division in accordance
with the applicable requirements of Division 3000 Concrete. .
B. CoWactor shall coordinate locations and furnish anchor bolts, inserts, lugs, sleeves
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010 - 7
La Quinta Resort - Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
and related cast -in -place equipment.
1.14 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:
A. Prior to start-up of the equipment and training sessions with the Owner; the
Contractor shall submit four indexed and bound sets of operating instructions and
service manuals to the Owner. Each manual shall be bound in a three-ring binder
with copies of equipment. warranties and guarantees.
B. As part of the- operating instructions and service manuals, valve charts. and control
diagrams shall be included -in the manual as well as mounted where indicated by the
Architect or the Owner.
C. The•operating instructions and service manuals shall include oiling, cleaning and
servicing data for each specific piece of equipment installed for this project..
D. This data shall indicate the serial numbers of each piece of equipment and provide
complete lists of replacement parts, motor ratings and local vendors for the parts.
E. The operating instructions and service manuals shall not be of a general type (i.e. full.
series of fans, pumps, etc.), but be specific for the equipment installed.
1.15 CUTTING AND PATCHING:.
A. Additional cutting, patching and reinforcement of the new or existing construction
necessary for completion of the work of this section (and subject to the Architect's
approval) shall be performed, under the Division of the Specifications covering the
particular materials.
1. No hole for pipes or ducts will be allowed in any structural member without
the written consent of the Architect.
2. Where mechanical materials will pass through- or interfere with .any
structural member, or where notching, boring or cutting of the structural is
necessary or where special openings are required through walls, floors, -
footings, etc., to accommodate the work, it shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to see that such provisions comply with instructions of the
Architect. ,
1.16 INSTRUCTION:
A. Within two weeks of the completion of the project, the Contractor shall schedule
working sessions with the Owner to instruct the building engineers on the operation,
maintenance and calibration'of the mechanical systems. No less than two (2) eight
(8) hour days shall be designated for this effort. At the conclusion of the instructions,
the Contractor shall submit a letter attesting to the following:
1.• The Building Engineers have received instruction for each piece of
mechanical equipment on the project.
2. The mechanical systems in place and calibrated, operate in accordance with
the scope of the drawings and specifications.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
15010 - 8
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
This letter shall be countersigned by the Owner's representative certifying.that the
training is complete and the systems are in operation.
1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS:
A. The Contractor shall maintain one set of mechanical drawings inside *the
construction trailer that will be dedicated for the purpose of maintaining a daily log of
changes made by the Architect or adjustments to mechanical equipment, ductwork
or piping locations installed inside and around the building. This set will form the
basis for the Contractor to prepare Record Drawings at the conclusion of the project.
B. The Contractor shall request the M-Series and P-Series drawings from the Engineer
that will be used by the Contractor to prepare Record Drawings. A CD -Rom will be .
prepared with the latest iteration of the drawings at close-out of the project. The CD -
Rom will be issued in accordance with the directives applied in Article 1.05 Drawings
and Specifications..
C. The information contained on the Record Drawings shall be transferred by the
Contractor to the M-Series and P-Series design drawings. The changes shall be
recorded on a separate laver of the electronic files. The Consultant's Name shall be
removed from the documents and replaced by the Contractor's Name. Each
drawing shall be noted with a bold "RECORD DRAWING"- notation on the file.
Reproducible vellums of the Record Drawings along with a CD -Rom shall be turned
over to the Owner no later than-4 weeks following sign -off of the project. .
1.18 GUARANTEE AND WARRANTY:
A. Equipment, piping, ductwork and appurtenances installed underthis Division shall be
guaranteed against defects for a minimum of two (2) years unless otherwise stated
in specific sections of the specifications.
B. The equipment warranties shall include replacement of defective equipment and/or
appurtenances and shall include repair of -damage caused as a result of the•defec-
tive equipment and/or appurtenances. r,
C. Equipment warranty period shall be a minimum of one year unless' otherwise noted
and the warranty period shall commence one day following commissioning of the
equipment.
D. Upon failure by the Contractor to comply with the above guarantee and warranty, the
Owner may have repairs made and the costs associated with the repairs shall be
deducted from the balance due the Contractor. .
E. Equipment and appurtenances installed Under this Division shall be guaranteed to
operate in accordance with the construction documents, these specifications and the
manufacturer's specifications for each piece of equipment. The system guarantee
shall be for a period of two years effective upon acceptance of the project by the
Owner or no longer than 90 days after placing equipment in operation (the 90 day
period does not commence when the equipment is installed in place).
F. Upon refusal or neglect bjr the Contractor to make any tests necessary to satisfy the
Owner that he has carried out the true intent and.meaning of the specifications, the
Owner may make such tests and charge the expense to the Contractor.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS. 15010 - 9
La Quinta Resort = Azur Kitchen, and Lounge Restoration
1.19 ABBREVIATIONS:
A. The following abbreviations, used in Division 15000, have the meanings as listed
below:
1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council
1.518 K Street, Suite 503'
Washington, D.C; 200005
(202) 737-0202
www.aabchg.org
2. ADC - Air Diffusion Council
1045 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 1500
Chicago, III. 60603
(312) 201-0101
1 wwW.flexibleduct.org t
3. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association
30 W. University Dr.
Arlington Heights, III. 60004
(847) '394-0150
www.amca.or4
r
4: AGA -American Gas Association
400 North Capitol Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20001
.(202) 824-7204
-f www.a-a.orq r
5. ANSI- American National Standards Institute
11 West 42"d Street, 13'h Floor e
New York, NY 10036
(212) 642-4900
www.ansi.orq
6.. ARI - Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
4301 North Fairfax Drive, Suite 425
Arlington; VA 22203
(703)`524-8800
www.ari.orq ,
7. • ASC - Adhesive and Sealant Council
1600 Wilson Blvd., Suite 910
Arlington, VA 22209
(703) 841-1112 4 .
8. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning
Engineers
1791 Tullie Circle, NE r
Atlanta; GA 30329
(404) 636-8400 _
www.ashrae.org
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010 - 10
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
9.
ASME - American Society of Mechanical
Engineers
345 East 47th St.
New York, NY 10017
(212) 705-7722
www.asme.org
10.
ASPE - American Society of Plumbing Engineers
3617 Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 210
Westlake Village, CA, 91362.
(805) 495-7120
www.aspe.or-q
11.
ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering
28901 Clemens Road, Suite 100
Westlake, Ohio 44145
(216) 835-3040
www.asse-plumbing.orq
12.
ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials
100 Bar Harbor Drive
West Conshohocken, PA 19428
(610) 832-9500
www.astm.orq
13.
AWS - American Welding Society
P.O. Box 351040
550 Le Jeune Rd:, NW
Miami, FL 33135
(305) 443-9353
14.
AWWA - American Water Works -Association
6666 W. Quincy Ave.
Denver, CO 80235
(303) 794-7711
www.awwa.orq
15.
Not Used
16.
CDA - Copper Development Association
260 Madison Avenue, 1 dh Floor
r
New York City, New York 10016
(212) 251-7200
www.copper.org
17.
CGA - Compressed Gas Association ,
1725 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1004
Arlington, VA 22202
(703) 412-0900
18.
CISPI - Cast Iron Pipe Institute.
1499 Chain Bridge Road, Suite 203
McLean, VA 22101
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010 - 11
-
l
• •
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen
and Lounge Restoration
(703).827-9177 ;
19.
CS - Commercial Standard of NBS (U.S. Dept. of Commerce)
Government Printing Office
Washington D.C. 20402
20.
DOC - Department of Commerce
14th Street and Constitution Ave., NW
Washington D.C. 20230
(202) 377-2000
21.
DOT - Department Of Transportation
400 7th Street, SW
Washington D.C. 20590
(202) 426-4000
22.•
ETL - Testing Laboratory
Industrial Park
Cortland, NY 13045
(607) 753-7611
23.
EPA - Environmental Protection Agency — Office of Air and Radiation
401 M Street, SW
Washington D.C. 20460
(202)- 260-7400 '
www.epa.gov/oar/oarfa cts.html
24..
FAA - Federal Aviation Administration (U.S. Dept of Transportation)
�.
800 Independence Ave., SW
Washington D.C. 20590
(202) 426-4000
25.
FM - Factory Mutual System
-
1151 Boston -Providence Turnpike
Norwood, MA 02062
(781) 762-4300 .
'
www.fadto[ymutual.com 1
26.
ICBO - International Conference of Building Officials ("Uniform Codes
5360 South Workman Mill Road
Whittier, CA 90601
27.
IRI - Industrial Risk Insurers
85 Woodland St.
Hartford, CT 06102
'
(203) 525-2601 -
28.
ISA - Instrument Society of America
67 Alexander Dr.
Research Triangle Park; NC 27709
(91.9) 549-8411
www.isa.org
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
. 15010 - 12
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen
and Lounge Restoration
29.
MCAA - Mechanical Contractors Association of America
1385 Picard Drive
Rockville, MD 20850
(301)654-7960
www.mcaa.orq '
30.-
MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings
Industry
5203 Leesburg Pike; Suite 502
Falls Church, VA 22041
(703) 998-7996
31.
NBS - National Bureau of Standards (U.S. Dept. of Commerce)
Gaithersburg, MD 20234 .
(301) 921-1000
32.
NEC - National Electrical Code (by NFPA)
33.
NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association
1300 North 17th Street, Suite• 1847
Rosslyn, VA 22209
(703) 841_-3200
www.nema.org.
34..
NFPA - National Fire Protection Association
Batterymarch Park
Quincy, MA 02269
(617) 770-3000
www.nfpa.org
35.
OSHA - Occupational Safety Health Administration
(U.S. Dept. of Labor)
Government Printing Office
Washington D.C. 20402 "
36.
PDI - Plumbing and Drainage Institute
c/o Austin O: Roche, Jr.
5342 Boulevard Place
Indianapolis, IN 46208 t
(317) 251-5298
37.
Not Used
38.
SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National
Association
4201 Lafayette Center Drive, Suite 1200
North Bethesda, MD 20151,
(301)652-5674
39.
TIMA - Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association
40.
UL - Underwriters Laboratories
333 Pfingston Rd.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
15010 - 13
a
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration -
Northbrook, IL 60062 '
(847) 272-8800 .
www.ul.com
PART 2 - PRODUCTS-' Not Applicable
PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Applicable �.
END OF SECTION
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Fire Restoration
' SECTION 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:'
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work in.this Section: Principal items include:
1, Pipe.
2.1 Pipe fittings.
3. Couplings.
4. Flanges.
5. Gaskets.
6. Protective coverings.
-B. Refer to other sections of these specifications for related work, which is not work of
this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes, specifications and standards
having jurisdiction.
1. ANSI - applicable standards.. .
2. ASME - applicable standards.
3. ASTM - applicable'standards:
4. AWWA - applicable standards:
5. CDA Copper Tube Handbook - Table II. (50-50 and.95-5 solder not
acceptable for joining copper tubing).
6. CISPI - applicable standards.
7. -California Plumbing Code — 2007 Edition with Coachella County ,
Amendments.
8. NCPI - applicable standards.
9.
PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS ' 15060 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Fire Restoration
9. MIL Spec — applicable standards
10. Manufacturer's installation Standards.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
y
A. Requirements of Division-1 shall apply in addition to those -listed hereinafter.
B. Submittals on Materials:
J
. 1. Material submittals shall be manufacturers' prepared catalog cuts indicating
• type, size'.and technical details. Provide mill certification for all piping
materials:
2. Reference catalog cuts to the applicable specification article (e.g.. 2.03).
3. Partial submittals of groups or systems are not acceptable.
4. Each item of material submitted shall be initialed by the Contractor, as
verification that the submittal has been reviewed in detail and is in fact the
Contractor's choice of materials.
1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Delivery of Material:
1. Piping shall be banded, bearing intact grade seals.
2. Containers ^shall be dry and clean.
B. __Storage of Material:
.1. Material shall be protected from the weather and damage.
2. Store in location to minimize handling.
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Protection:
1. Materials set in place shall be protected from finishing of surrounding areas
and surfaces to preclude damage or degradation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS .
2.01. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
'A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. Black Steel Pipe: ASTM Standards. H.
PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 15060 - 2
La Quinta Resort - Azur Kitchen and. Lounge Fire Restoration
l
2. Copper Tube: ASTM Standards '
3. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM Standards
4. Malleable Iron fittings: Walworth, or Grinnell..
.5. Copper Tube Fittings: Nibco Inc. or ElkhartProducts Corp.
6. Welded Fittings: Tube -Turn, or Allied Piping.
7. Cast Iron Fittings: No -Hub and Compression.
2.02 REQUIREMENTS:
'A. Products: Items listed above shall be single.manufacturer, where applicable..
2.03 BLACK STEEL PIPING AND FITTINGS
A. Schedule 40 ERW, ASTM A153 (Pipe), ASTM A135-97c (Welding) and ASTM 126
(Threaded Fittings),
1. Fittings: .
a. 4" and larger, welded.
b. 3"' and smaller, malleable iron screwed fittings.
2• Application:
a. Natural Gas piping buried below grade and wrapped in accordance
with these Specifications. :
• r
b. Natural. Gas piping above grade.
2.04 BLACK STEEL PIPING AND FITTINGS:
A. _ American Tube & Pipe "DynaFlow" ASTM A795 Type E, Grade A, UL and FM
approved and rated at 300 psi working pressure (Y and larger):
B. American Tube & Pipe "DynaFlow" ASTM A135 and A795; Type E, Grade A, UL
and FM approved and rated at 300 psi working pressure (2" and smaller).
C. Fittings:
`} 1: Victaulic; Style 75 Flexible Coupling, UL and FM approved, Class 300 (3"
and larger).
2. Cast iron, screwed, UL and FM approved, Class 125 (2" and smaller).
D. Application:
1. Automatic Fire Sprinkler Piping.
PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS '15060 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Fire Restoration
2.05 COPPER TUBING AND FITTINGS TYPE "K":
A: Annealed, ASTM B 280 where bending or flare connections 'are required; Hard
drawn, ASTM B 280 for all other conditions.
1. Fittings:
a. For piping less than 7/8" OD shall be flared -type conforming to
Society of Automotive Engineers International (SAE) J513.
a. For piping 1" OD and larger shall be wrought -copper socket -joint
conforming to ASME 616.22, MSS SP-104 and.MSS SP-86.
2. Application:'
a. Split Dx refrigeration piping between condensing unit on roof and
fan coil unit in unit (Liquid and Suction Piping).
2.06 HOT DIP GALVANIZED INSIDE AND OUT STEEL PIPING AND FITTINGS:
A.. Schedule 40 ERW, ASTM A153 (Pipe), ASTM A135-97c (Welding) and ASTM 126
(Threaded Fittings).
1. Fittings:
a. 2" and smaller, galvanized, threaded, malleable iron.
J
b. 21/2" and larger, galvanized, forged welded.
2. Application:
a. Relief Vents and Drains.
2.07 COPPER TUBING AND FITTINGS TYPE "L":
A. Hard drawn, ASTM B88-78, ANSI H23.1-70.
1. Fittings:
a. Wrought Copper and Bronze - ANSI B16.22-63.
b. Cast Bronze- ANSI B16.18-68.
C. "Victaulic" fittings, will be, considered for this. project as a shared
value engineered system; Contractor shall submit accrued savings
to Owner if implemented compared to conventional soldered or
brazed fittings.
2. Application:
a. Domestic Hot and Cold Water Supply and Return piping above and
below grade.
PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 15060 - 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Fire Restoration
2.08 COPPER TUBING AND FITTINGS TYPE "M":
A. Hard drawn, ASTM B88778, ANSI H23.1-70.
1. Fittings:.
a. Wrought Copper and Bronze - ANSI 1316.22-63.
b. Cast Bronze - ANSI B16.18-68.
2: Application:
a. Condensate Drain (trap and vented drains at each horizontal Fan
Coil Unit and Water Source Heat Pump shall be furnished and
installed by the Contractor bearing responsibility for the installation
of the piping connections). Drains shall terminate at the lavatory P-
trap or as shown on the drawings.
b. Indirect Drain.
2.09 CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A. Hubless, ASTM A74-72,ANSI A112.5.1-73. '
1. Fittings: Drainage pattern in accordance with CISPI 301-78, grey cast iron;
hubless.
J
2, Joints: Stainless steel clamp and shield assembly with neoprene gasket
and rubber sleeve, CISPI 301-78 - "Ideal Corporation
3. Application:
a. Soil, Waste and Vent above and below grade.
b. Storm Drain (Primary and Overflow) above and below grade.
2.10 CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A. Hub and spigot, standard weight.
1. Fittings: -Drainage patternin accordance with ASTM A74, grey cast iron,
hub and spigot.
2. Joints: Compression gasket, Tyler "TYSEAL".
3. Application: `
a. Soil, Waste and Vent below concrete slabs.
o
b.' Storm Drain (Primary and Overflow) below concrete slabs.
PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 15060 - 5
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Fire Restoration
2.11 FITTINGS: °
A. Unions:
1. Steel Pipe: Malleable iron railroad type - 250 psi brass to iron seat, ground
joints.
2. Copper Tubing: Ground joint, cast bronze, Mueller type C-107, Nibco No..
633, or equal.
B. Flanges and Gaskets-
1 Copper Tubing: 150 psi A.S.A. bronze companion flanges.
2. Steel Piping: 150 psi.steel welded type.,
3. Gaskets: Ring type.1/16" thick, of compressed fiber and non -asbestos
compound, suitable for service intended; factory cut for 125 or 250 flange
size; Durable Mfg. Co. "Durable"; Garlock Packing Co. "Garlock 951 ", or
equal. _
C. Nipples shall conform to requirements of U.S. Department of Commerce Standard .
CS-5 "Pipe Nipples; Brass, Copper Steel and Yolloy". Use nipples from packages
which bear manufacturer's labels or tag reading "Guaranteed Pipe Nipples
Conforming to CS-5 Made From New Pipe" or other words to this effect. Make
nipples of same materials and weight as pipe whereon used. Do not use close
nipples.
D. Dielectric Couplings
1. Sizes'/2" Through 2": Ferrous pipe to copper tubing; Epco, Model FX, Harco
or equal.
2. Sizes 21/2" And Larger: Ferrous pipe to copper tubing; Epco Model GX,
Harco or equal.
E. Joint Compound: Grinnell No. 1698, Rectorseal.
F. T-Drill System will not be considered for this project.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. General:
1: No piping shall be permanently closed up, furred in or covered over before it
has been tested and inspected.
2. Pipe and fittings shall be cleaned and internal scale, sand, dirt and other
debris, removed before installation.
PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 15060 - 6
r
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Fire Restoration
3. Piping shall be concealed where space provides. Pipes shall not be
exposed in finished rooms unless approved by the Architect.
4. Bushings; close and short nipples, will not be permitted for domestic or.
industrialized water piping.
.5., Piping subject to expansion,. contraction or settling shall be protected as
` follows for all straight routes .of supply and return piping that are 100 feet or
greater:
a: Loops shall be constructed with long radius elbows.
b. Loops shall be constructed in the center of the horizontal run of piping
that is equal to or greater than 100 feet.
`c. Piping 2" and smaller shall be.constructed with loops that include offsets
that are 60". The offsets shall be reconnected by 3'0" segment
resulting in a total expansion loop of 160".
d.. Piping 3" and larger shall be constructed with loops that include offsets
that are 9'0". The offsets shall be connect-
ed by 5'0" segment resulting in a total expansion loop of 23'0".
6. Make joints smooth and unobstructed inside. Ream cut ends to remove
burrs. Remove obstructions prior to fabrication and installation. Cut threads
accurately, the axis of the thread coincident with the axis of the pipe.
B. Pipe Joints Within Two Feet Of Electrical Equipment: Provide a pan of sufficient
" size, shape and strength to carrythe fluid away in sufficient quantity to prevent water
from spilling or splashing onto the electrical gear. Drain to the nearest floor sink:
Pan may take shape of a pipe around the primary pipe or pipes or gutter below the
piping.
C. Soil, Waste, Vent and Drainage Piping:
1% Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, piping shall run at uniform grade of
not less than 1/4" per foot. Piping 4" and larger may be installed at a -
uniform grade of not less than 1/8" per foot if noted on drawings. All piping
3" and'smaller shall be run at uniform grade of not less than 1/4" per foot.
2. Runs shall be as straight as possible and changes in .direction'shall be
made with fittings. Make offsets at 45' or less.
3. Cast Iron No -Hub pipe and fittings below grade shall be laid on 6-inch sand
bed, unless otherwise detailed on drawings.
D. Domestic Hot and.Cold Water and Natural Gas Piping:
1. ; Run level,.without pockets and straight as possible.
2. Bends are hot permitted; make offsets with fittings. ,
3. Hot and cold water lines at, least.6 inches apart where piping is parallel.
PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 15060 - 7
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Fire Restoration
4. No piping below building slab.
.
' 5. Provide automatic air vents at high points of the domestic hot water supply
and return piping and cold water piping.
E.
Condenser; Chilled and Heating Hot Water Piping:
1. Closed Condenser Water, Chilled and Heating Hot Water Loop Piping
System: Run level or pitch 1/4'inch in 10 feet ,to high points and provide
drains at all low points.
2. Provide automatic air vents at high points of condenser water supply and
_ return piping.
F.
Pipe and Fittings: Install piping and fittings -in accordance with the ANSI "Code
for Pressure Pipe".
G.
Screwed Joints for Steel Pipe: Piping compound shall be compatible for fluid to be
contained within• pipe; use red lead Teflon, Rectorseal, or equal. Do not apply
compound to female threads in fittings and valves.
H.
Screwed Joints for Brass Pipe: Same as for screwed steel and wrought iron pipe.
I.
Brazing Joints for Copper Piping: Brazing shall be classification BCuP3 ("Silfos")
which shall contain a minimum of 5.75% Phosphorus, 4.75% Silver and the balance
Copper. Pipe ends that are cut shall be reamed with emery cloth or steel wool. Pipe
ends' hall be cleaned a minimum of one-half inch more than the depth of the socket.
Joints shall be fluxed and the flux shall be compatible and recommended by the
manufacturer of the filler metal. Procedures for the brazing of copper pipe shall be in .
accordance CDA. Open gate, ball and globe valves during brazing and --remove
portions of valves which could be damaged by heat during brazing.
J.
Welding: Electric *arc or oxyacetylene torch type. The standard qualifications for
welding procedures made in accordance with the ANSI/ASME Boiler.and Pressure
Vessel Code and the ANSI/ASME B31 Codes for Pressure Piping are to be followed
to ensure competent. workmanship. B31 Codes for Pressure Piping, Welding
Procedure. Specifications shall be the basis for.welding standards. The provision for
use of procedures developed by National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau (NCPWB)
for piping covered by the rules of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code are set
forth in paragraph.PW-28 of Section 1 of that Code and respective paragraphs of the
ASME Codes. for Pressure Piping; see paragraph B31.9 for the Building Services
• .Piping Code. Backing rings not permitted.
a. Visual observation standards defined in B31.9 for welded pipe shall be
followed; x-ray welds are not required for this Project.
b. ISO 9000 Non -'Mandatory Quality System Program is not required for this .
Project.
c. See Section 15992 Pipe System Testing.
PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 15060 - 8
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Fire Restoration
K. Unions: Required on inlet and outlet of apparatus or equipment having screwed and
i soldered connections 3 inches and smaller. (union shall match piping material).
L: Flanges and Gaskets: Required on inlet and outlet of apparatus of equipment
having screwed, welded and soldered connections 4" inches and larger. Flanges
shall match piping material.
M., Dielectric Couplings: For connection between dissimilar metals in the piping
systems to control corrosion caused by galvanic or electrolytic action. No dielectric
coupling will be permitted in- shafts. No less than two dielectric couplings shall be
installed at each interface of dissimilar metals.
N. Change in pipe sizes: Make changes in pipe sizes with reducing elbows, reducing
tees or increasers. Increasers maybe concentric. Reducers shall be eccentric with
top flat, at pumps and in fluid systems; bottom flat in compressed air systems.
O. No -Hub Pipe and Fittings:
1. Pipe shall be continuously marked and the markings shall be visible.
2.. Joints shall be installed so as not to exceed a maximum deflection of two
degrees..
3. Band type coupling worm screws shall be tightened to 48 inch -pounds using
a pre -calibrated torque wrench.
4. Underground No -Hub pipe and fittings shall be laid on a 6-inch sand bed.
5. Fasteners in trenches shall be. located on top of the pipe. Fasteners on
exposed pipe within a building shall be rotated for safety -reasons.
.6. Approved transition fittings shall be used for interface between hubless and
steel. .
7. When a No -hub cleanout plug is used, it shall be bronze.
P. Condensate and Indirect, Drainage.
1. Insulate in accordance'with Section 15250 when wastewater temperature is
lower than 55°F.
3.02 PROTECTION OF UNDERGROUND PIPING:
A. Factory coated and -wrapped pipes.
1. One coat of asphalt primer.
2. Two coats of hot asphalt.
3. One layer of 15 pound saturated felt.
4. One coat of hot asphalt.
PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS . i -15060 - 9\-
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Fire Restoration
5. One layer of Kraft paper.
6. Clean and wrap field joints and fittings with two separate wrappings.
B. Manufacturer's recommendations and installation standards shall be strictly enforced
as if included in these specifications.
C. Application:
1.. Steel piping.
�i
2.. Copper piping.
END OF SECTION '
t
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and,Lounge Restoration .
SECTION 15093 - FLASHING AND SAFING
PART - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work in this Section: Principal items include:
1. Sleeves:
2 Flashing.
3. • Safing materials.
B. Refer to other sections of these specifications for related work, which is not work of
this section.
1.03 QUALITY, ASSURANCE:
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes, specifications and standards
having jurisdiction: r
1: ASTM B-29. f
2. NFPA 255:
3. U.L.273.'
4. California State Fire Marshal approval.
5. I.C.B.O - #NRB-243.
6. Manufacturer's Installation Standards.,
1.04' SUBMITTALS:
A. Requirements of Division-1 shall apply in addition to those listed hereinafter.
B. Submittals on Materials:
1:. Material submittals shall be manufacturersprepared.catalog'cuts indicating
type, size and technical details.
2. Reference catalog cuts to the applicable specification article (e.g. 2.03).
3. Catalog cuts shall be submitted in complete systems of manufacturers'
material.
FLASHING AND SAFING 15093 - 1
La Quinta Resort.— Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
4. Partial submittals of systems are not acceptable.
5. Each item of material submitted shall be .initialed by the. Contractor, as
verification that the submittal has been reviewed in detail and is in fact the
Contractor's choice of materials.
1.05
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: '
A. Delivery of Material:
1. Deliver materials in unopened containers, bearing intact grade seals.
2. All containers shall be dry and clean.
B. Storage of -Material:
1. Material shall be protected from the weather and damage.
2. Store in location to minimize handling.
1.06
JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Protection: Materials set in place shall be protected from finishing of surrounding
areas and surfaces to preclude damage or degradation.
e PART 2-
PRODUCTS
2.01
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following:
1. Safing: Dow Corning, 3M or General Electric.
2. Sheet metal.sleeves: approved sheet metal fabrication shop.
3. Flashing: Stoneman.
2.02
REQUIREMENTS:
A. Products: Items listed above shall be single manufacturer, where applicable.
2.03
SLEEVES (PIPING):,
A. Sheet Metal: 22 gauge galvanized steel, one piece, sizes'/2" and larger or Adjust -To- .
Crete.
1. Sleeves set in concrete decks shall be Adjust -To -Crete No. 10.
2. Sleeves set in concrete walls shall be Adjust -To -Crete No. 100.
'3. Sleeves set in metal framed walls or partitions shall be Adjust -To -Crete No.
FLASHING AND SAFING 15093 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
4. Sleeves set in waterproof concrete walls or floors shall be Jay R Smith No,
1720.
B. Where indicated on the drawings, and where pipes penetrate the exterior walls
below grade, provide LinkSeal assembly as noted and detailed on the drawings.
2.04 ESCUTCHEON PLATES (PIPING):
A: Pipes passing through walls, floors, ceiling materials and partitions that are exposed
inside the building shall be finished with polished dull chrome -plated cast brass
escutcheon plate with cast brass set screw flanges.
B. Pipes passing through walls for fixtures shall be finished with polished brass cast
brass escutcheon plate with cast brass set screw flanges.
C. Steel plated escutcheon plates are not acceptable.
2.05 FLASHING (PIPING):
A. Stoneman No. S1000, seamless lead with integral steel reinforced boot. Paint with
Zinc Chromate primer.
2.06 COUNTERFLASHING (PIPING):
A. Stoneman No. S1540-4, cast iron/.w Permasel. Paint with Zinc Chromate primer.
2.07 FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING (DUCTS):
A. Flashing: Provide 4 pound seamless lead flashing with 5" high steel reinforced vari- .
pitch boot. Seal flashing to ducts with Permaseal waterproofing compound.
Flashing skirt shall be minimum 8" all around duct penetration.
B. Counterflashing: Cast iron, caulk type with vandal -proof set screws. Counted lashing
shall be galvanized. Counterflashing shall be secured to ducts with vandal -proof
screws and fill top recess with epoxy compound.
2.06 SAFING (PIPING AND DUCTWORK):
A. Corning 3-6548, silicone R.T.V. foam.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 _ INSTALLATION:
A. General:
1. Penetrations in concrete or masonry -work for piping and ductwork shall be
formed with sleeves.
2. Sleeves shall be permanently located in place before pouring concrete or
completion of masonry work.
3. Sleeves set in floor shall have tops +1" above finished floor.
FLASHING AND SAFING �, 15093 : 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
SECTION 15100 - VALVES
PART1-
GENERAL l
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of'Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special
Conditions of Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.02
DESCRIPTION:
A. Work in this Section: Principal items include:
1. Valves.
2. Hose bibs.
B. Refer to other sections of these specifications for related•work, which is not work of
this section...f
1.03
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes, specifications and standards
having jurisdiction.
1. ASTM - applicable standards.
2.. ASME - applicable standards. l
3. AGA, - applicable standards.
4. Manufacturer's Installation Standards.
1.04
SUBMITTALS:
A. Requirements of Division-1 shall apply in addition to those listed hereinafter.
B. Submittals on materials: `
1. Material submittals shall be manufacturer's prepared catalog cuts indicating
type, size and technical details.
2. Reference catalog cuts to the'applicable specification article (e.g. 2.03).
f
3. Catalog cuts shall be submitted in complete groups of manufacturers'
material.
4. Each item of material submitted to be initialed by the Contractor, as verifica-
tion that the submittal has been reviewed in detail 'and- is in fact the
Contractor's choice of materials.
VALVES
15100 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
1.05
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Delivery of Material
1. Valves shall be delivered in unopened containers bearing intact seals.
2. Containers are to be dry and clean.
B. Storage of Material:
1. Material shall be protected from the weather damage or degradation.
PART 2-
PRODUCTS
2.01
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. .Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following:
2.02
REQUIREMENTS:
A. Products: Items listed above shall be single manufacturer, where applicable.
B. Valves: Stockham, Apollo, or Nibco.
C. Butterfly Valves: Stockham or Nibco.
D. Hose Bibs: Acorn, J.R. Smith, or Woodford.
2.03
VALVES,,CLASS 150, 3" And Smaller:
A. Gate Valve:
1. Stockham No. B-124, rising stem, solid wedge disc, union bonnet, solder
ends (copper piping).
2:. Stockham No. B-120, rising stem, solid wedge disc, union bonnet, threaded
ends (steel,piping). -
B.' Globe Valve:
1. Stockham No. B-20T, threaded bonnet, PTFE disc, solder ends (copper
piping).
2. Stockham No. B-22T, union bonnet, ' PTFE disc, threaded ends (steel
piping).,
C. Ball Valves (Are preferred for this application):.
.1. Stockham.No. S-206-BR-R-S, full port design, brass. bar stock body, Teflon
seat; seal and threaded ends. Solder ends acceptable through 2".
VALVES
15100 - 2
La Quinta,Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration '
D. Check Valves:
1. Stockham No. B-321, threaded cap, Y-pattern, swing, threaded ends
(through 2").
2: ..Stockham No. B-322B, union cap, Buna-N disc, horizontal pattern, threaded
ends (through 2").
3: Stockham No. B-319Y, threaded cap, "Y' pattern, threaded ends (2'/2" and
3" only).
E. Application:
1. Domestic Hot and Cold Water piping.
2.04
HOSE BIBS:
A. HB-1: Acorn No. 8121 wall hose valve with vacuum breaker, and wheel handle.
B. HB-2: Acorn No. 8131 straight nose hose valve with vacuum breaker and wheel
handle.
C. HB-3: Acorn No. 8105-2 recessed aluminum hose box with plaster ground, drip lip,
straight nose hose valve with vacuum breaker and, integral water stop.
2.05
GAUGE COCKS FOR NEEDLE VALVES:
A. Needlepoint globe type, Crane No. 88.
2.06
GAS COCKS (MEDIUM AND LOW PRESSURE): "
A. 'h-inch through 2-inch: Hammond No. 550 brass body, threaded,- lubricated shaft
and flat head.
2.07
VALVES, Fire Protection - Class 175 Maximum, 3" and Smaller:
A. Gate valve, iron body, OS&Y, rising stem, UL listed and FM approved:
1. Stockham No. B-133, bolted bonnet, threaded ends.
B. Check Valve, iron body; swing, U.L. listed and FM approved:
1. Stockham No. G-938, swing, threaded ends.
C. Application:.
A. Automatic Fire Sprinklers..
PART 3 -
EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION:
A. Connections to the existing piping infrastructure shall be made with valves; hot taps
VALVES
15100 - 3
F
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
will not be allowed. Shutoff valves are required at each hot and cold connection.
Install valves to be accessible and parts are accessible for maintenance.
B. Valves and trim specified shall be confirmed by the manufacturer for the service on
which valve is to be installed.'
C. Provide manual air vent valves at high points in the waterlines as required to vent
the system. Discharge relief pipe to grade or nearest permissible open drain
connection.
D. Valves to be same size as line in which installed.
END OF SECTION
r
i
1 `
VALVES , _15100 - 4
La Quinta Resort Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
SECTION 15120 - PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General, Supplementary. and Special.
Conditions of Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. ;
1.02 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work-in this Section: 'Principal items include:
1. Strainers. J r
2. Relief Valves.
. --3. Automatic_air vents.
4. Manual air vents.
5. Backflow protection devices.
6. Pressure` gauges..
7. Thermometers.
8. Cleanouts. ,
9: Access panel.
10. Water hammer arrester,
B. Refer to other sections of these specifications for related work, which is not work of
this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: r
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes as listed:.
1. ASME - applicable standards.
2. ASTM - applicable standards. ;
3. ' ,- AW WA -;applicable standards.
4. P.D.I.
5: ANSI - applicable standards.
PIPING SPECIALTIES ` 15126 - 1
La.Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
6. -Manufacturer's Installation Standards.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
r
A. Requirements of Division-1 shall apply in addition to those listed hereinafter.
B. Submittals on Materials:
1. Material submittals shall be manufacturers' prepared catalog cuts indicating
type, size and technical. details.
2. Reference catalog cuts to the applicable -specification article (e.g. 2.03).
3. Catalog cuts shall be submitted in complete groups of manufacturers' .
material.
4. Partial submittals of groups or systems are not acceptable.
5. Each item of material submitted shall be initialed by the Contractor, as
verification that the submittal has been reviewed .in detail and is in fact the
Contractor's choice of materials. .
1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Delivery of Material:
1: Materials shall be delivered in unopened containers, bearing intact seals.
2. Containers shall be dry and clean.
1.06 STORAGE OF MATERIAL:
A. Material shall be protected from the weather and damage.
B. Store in location to minimize handling.
1.07 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Protection: Materials set in place shall be protected from finishing of surrounding
areas and surfaces to preclude damage or degradation.
PART 2- PRODUCTS.
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. 'Strainers: Watts or Bailey.
2. Relief Valves: Watts, or Bell & Gossett.
3. Automatic Air Vent: Sarco, or Bell & Gossett.
PIPING SPECIALTIES 15120 -.2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
4.
Manual Air Vent: Watts or Nibco.
i 5.
Backflow Protection Devices: Watts, Cla-Val, Beeco or Neptune._
6.
Pressure Gauges: Weiss, Marsh or Trerice.
7.
.Thermometers: Weiss, Marsh or Trerice.
8.
Cleanouts: J. R. Smith, Wade or Josam. .
9.
Access Panels: Inryco/Milcor.
2.02 REQUIREMENTS
A. Products: Items listed above shall be single manufacturer, where applicable.
2.03 STRAINERS:
A. "Y"
type, Watts series 777S.
1.
Cast bronze.
2.
Threaded'%z" thru 3".
1
3.
#20 mesh stainless steel liner (3" - 3/64" screen).
4.
Bronze retainer cap, tapped for closure.plug.
5.
125 psi working pressure.,
6.
Application:
a. Domestic Hot and Cold Water piping.
B. "Y"
type, Watts series 77F.
1.
Cast iron.
2:
Fused epoxy coating, inside and outside.
3.
Flanged 4" thru 12".
4.
#20 mesh stainless steel liner with stainless steel screen.
5.
Cast iron retainer cap tapped for closure plug.
6.
125 psi steam and 200 psi WOG working pressure. .
7.
Application:
a. Domestic Hot and Cold Water piping.
PIPING SPECIALTIES
15120 - 3
•
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen
and Lounge Restoration
2.04 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS: .
A. Reduced pressure Watts'No. 909S.
1.
Cast bronze.
2.
Threaded 3/4" thru 2"''.
3.
Celcon check seats:
4.
Replaceable seats.
5.
Stainless steel trim.
6.
Bronze body ball valve test cocks.
7.
Non -rising gate valves (inlet and outlet). -
8.
Bronze strainer.
9.
1.75 psi working pressure.
10.
No. 909 AG air gap.
_ 11.
Application:
'
a. Domestic Cold Water. a
B. Reduced pressure Watts,No. 909S.
1.
Cast iron (sizes 4" and 6").
2.
Cast bronze (sizes 2'/2" and 3")
3.
Flanged.
4.
Fused epoxy coating on cast iron (inside and outside).
' 5..
Removable bronze seats.
6.
Stainless steel internal parts.
7.
Non -rising gate valves (inlet and outlet).
8.
Bronze strainer.
- 9.
175 psi working pressure.
10.
No. 909 AG air gap.
11.
Application:
a. _ Domestic Cold Water. ,
PIPING SPECIALTIES
15120 = 4,
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
2.05 RELIEF VALVE:
A. Pressure relief, Wafts No. 174A series.
1.
Bronze body. .
2.
Stainless steel spring.
3.
Sizes 3/4" thru 2" V
4.
40-150 lbs. pressure range.
5.
ASME rated.
6.
Application:
.
a. Domestic Hot and Cold Water.
b. Existing Gas -Fired Water Heater.
B. Temperature and pressure relief valve, Wafts series 40, 140, N240 and 340'.
1
Bronze body.
2.
Stainless steel spring.
3.
Copper thermostat with Thermo -bonded coating.
4.
Sizes 3/4" through 2".
5.
Temperature relief 210EF.
6.
Pressure range 75-150 lbs.
7.
ASME rated.
8.
Application:
a. Domestic Hot Water piping.
b. Existing Gas -Fired Water Heater.
2.06 AUTOMATIC AIR•
VENT VALVE:
A. Spirax/Sarco No. 13WH.
1.
Cast iron construction.
2.
3/4" female x 3/4" male pipe threaded connection.
3.
Maximum operating pressure: 300 psig.
. 4.
Maximum temperature: 450°F.
PIPING SPECIALTIES
15120 - 5
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
5. Provide manual ball valve below vent.
6. Application:
a. Domestic Hot Water piping.
2.08 PRESSURE GAUGE:
A.
Bourdon tube, Weiss.
1. 42" diameter white face dial, black numerals, graduations and pointer.
2. Recalibrating adjustment.
3. Casing, black enamel.
4... Pressure Range: 0 to 200 PSI
B.
Application:
1. Existing Gas -Fired Water Heater.
2. Existing 3-Valve By -Pass around existing Exchangeable Water Softeners.
2.09. THERMOMETERS:
A.
Red -reading mercury, Weiss-.
1. Die cast aluminum with glass front.
2. Adjustable joint with locking device.
3. Temperature range: 500- 250°F.
4. Separable sockets for each thermometer.
B.
Application:
1. Hot Water Supply and Return at the Water Heater.
. 2.10 CLEANOUTS:
A.
Finished Room Floors: J.R. Smith No. 4023. Provide flashing flange at waterproof
membranes:
B.
Unfinished Room Floors: J.R. Smith No. 4223. Provide flashing flange at
waterproof membranes.
C.
Walls: J.R. Smith No. 4532.
D.
Application:
1. Sanitary drainage.
PIPING SPECIALTIES
15120 - 6
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge'Restoration-
2. Storm drainage.
2.11 ACCESS PANELS:
A.. Provide doors for installation under other Sections of these Specifications, for access
to all clean -outs, valves, controls, accessories and equipment where indicated on
drawings.
B. Types:
1. Tile Walls: Stainless steel, flush type, 16" square, Inryco/Milcor Style M.
2. Ceilings and Walls: 16" x 16" square, Inryco/ Milcor Style K.
3. Two -Hour Fire Rated Doors: UL approved "B" label doors, 16" x 16" square,
Inryco/Milcor.
4. Flush -To -Wall Cleanouts: Polished round stainless steel access cover
plate, countersunk with stainless steel, countersunk screw.
2.12 ,TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION:
A. Precision Plumbing Products (PPP) Model P-1 or P-2 drain trap primer valve with =.
distribution unit as recommended by manufacturer.
B. Application: Where indicated on drawings and at all quick closing valves and quick „
closing valve batteries (ie: water closets and urinals).
2.13 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS:
A. WHA-1: Josam Series 7500, J.R. Smith 5000 Series or Zurn Z-1700 Series.
1.. Stainless steel bellows.
2. Pre -charged with nitrogen.
3. Factory sealed.
B. Application: Where indicated on drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 STRAINERS:
A. Installed on inlet of pumps, automatic control valves, and pressure reducing valves.
Provide blow -off valve piped to nearest permissible drain.
3:02 PRESSURE GAUGES/THERMOMETERS/WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS:
f
A.- Install pressure gauges with gauge cocks. -
PIPING SPECIALTIES
15120-7
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
B. Thermometers with separable sockets for insulated pipes or vessels shall be fur-
nished with extension pieces.-
C. Where plumbing fixtures with quick -closing valves are installed.in batteries, a water
hammer arrester_ shall be installed at the end of the header supplying the battery
instead of having individual arrester..
3.03 BACKFLOW PROTECTION DEVICES: t
A. Water main protection shall be accomplished, with backflow devices.
B. In addition to the industrialized cold water systems indicated on the drawings,
domestic hot and cold water supplies to or in the immediate vicinity of the cooling
towers, diesel engines- and the cold water supply to the irrigation shall be industria-
lized and have approved reduced pressure backflow protection devices.
3.04 PIPING:
A. Expansion and,contraction of piping shall be satisfied by joints, pipe ends and loops
• as specified in Section 15060 Subsection 3.01.A.5. i
B. Where loops are. not possible, metallic bellows or packed slip joints are acceptable.
END OF SECTION ._
. t
PIPING SPECIALTIES 15120 - 8
La Quinta Resort — Azur.Kitchen and Lounge Restoration 1 \
SECTION 15140 - SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS,
PART1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special
Conditions of Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
•1.02 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work in this Section: Principal items include:
1. Pipe hangers.
2. Pipe hanger connectors. .
3. Supports.
4. Brackets.
B. Refer to other sections of these specifications for related work, which is not work of
this section. -
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: '
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes, specifications and standards
having jurisdiction.
1. SMACNA seismic restraints.
2. ASTM A614-71 (finish):
3: National Fire Protection Association - Pamphlet No. 13.
4. Manufacturer's Installation Standards.
5. Powder driven inserts (Hilti or equal) will not be accepted for this project
unless prior written approval is granted, by the Structural Engineer (and
included with Submittals) and the Substitution is applied as directed in
Section 1.5010.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
a A. Requirements of Division-1 shall apply in addition to those listed hereinafter.
B. Submittals on Materials:
1. Material.submittals shall be manufacturers' prepared catalog cuts indicating
type, size and technical details.
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS ! 15140 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge.Restoration
2. Reference catalog cuts to the applicable specification article (e.g. 2.03).
3. Catalog cuts shall be submitted 'in complete groups or systems of manufac-
turers' material.
4. Partial submittals of systems are not acceptable.
5. Each item of material submitted shall be initialed. by the contractor, as
verification that the submittal has been reviewed in detail and is in fact the
Contractor's choice of materials.
1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Delivery of Material: Materials shall be delivered in unopened containers, bearing
intact grade seals.
B. Storage of Material:
1. Material shall be protected from the weather and damage.
2. Store in location situated to minimize hand -ling.
1.06 , JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Protection: Materials set in place shall be protected from finishing of surrounding
areas and surfaces to preclude damage or degradation.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01, ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with eequirements, provide product by one of
the following:
1. Hangers, connectors, supports, pipe guides and brackets; Tolco, Superstrut,
Grinnell or Elcen.
2. Thermal Hanger Shields: Pipe Shields.
3. Roof Pipe,Supports: Miro Industries, Inc.
2.02 REQUIREMENTS:
A.' Products: Items listed above shall be single manufacturer, where applicable.
2.03 HORIZONTAL PIPE HANGER:
A. Tolco Fig. 1 Standard Clevis Hanger, electro-galvanized finish; and UL/FM approved.
1. ,Application:
a. Waste. Piping. .
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 15140 - 2
La Quints Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
b. Storm Drainage Piping.
C. Vent Piping.
d. Natural.gas Piping,
e. Automatic Fire Sprinkler Piping.
B. Tolco Fig. 81 Copper Tubing Clevis Hanger, carbon steel and copper plated; up to 6
inch.
J 1. Application:
a.. Domestic Cold Water Piping.
b. Domestic Hot Water Piping with Tolco Fig. 83 Isolator for Copper
Tubing.
c.. Liquid and Suction Refrigeration Tubing.
2.04 VERTICAL PIPING SUPPORTS:
A. Tolco Fig. 4 Standard pipe clamp, electro-galvanized finish,.UUFM approved.
1. Application:
a. Waste Piping.
b. Vent Piping.
C. Storm Drain Piping.
d. Automatic Fire Sprinkler Piping (Steel).
e. Natural Gas Piping.
B. Tolco Fig. 82 Copper Tubing riser clamp, carbon steel, copper plated.
1. Application:
a. Domestic Cold Water Piping.
b. Domestic Hot Water Piping'-
C. Liquid and Suction Refrigeration Tubing.
2.05 THERMAL SHIELDS:
A. Pipe Shields, CS, CS-CW, CSX:
1. Application.
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 151.40 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Aiur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
a. Domestic Hot Water Piping.
b. Liquid and Suction Refrigeration Tubing. .
2.06
RODS: °
A. ` _Tolco Fig. 100, carbon steel; electro-galvanized finish, continuous. thread. Rods
shall be used with:
1. Tolco Fig. 1.
2. Tolco Fig. 1 A.
B. Application:
1. All piping.
2.07
CONCRETE INSERTS:
A. Tolco Fig. 109EZ, concrete deck insert, carbon, steel. Plate and anchor rod -
galvanized.
`
1. Application.
a. All piping. -
2.08
TRAPEZE HANGERS`: Superstrut A-1200S AND A-1400S Series, double slotted steel
channel.
A. Application:
1. All piping.:
2.09
PIPE CLAMP:
A. Application:
1. Steel Pipe: Superstrut No. 720.
2. Copper pipe: Superstrut No, CT 720.
2.10
BEAM CLAMPS: Tolco Fig. 65 and Fig. 66
A. Application:
'
1 All piping
2.11
ROOF PIPE SUPPORTS:
A. Miro lr`dustries, Inc. Pillow Block Pipestand Model No. 8-H. The pipestand consists
of two roof deck bases of stainless set upon the roof membrane. A brace strut
assembly is supported by the two bases'and.the hanger is supported by the strut
consisting of a stainless steel all -thread supporting rod which suspends a clevis
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 15140 - 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
hanger.
Assembly height is adjustable in the field.
B. Application:
1.
Domestic Hot and,Cold Water piping on the roof.
2.
Natural Gas piping on the roof.
PART-3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. General:
1..
Fasten piping and equipment to building construction with: .
a. Hanger.
b. Supports.
c. Guides (not required for domestic hot and cold water systems).
d. Anchors (not required for domestic hot and cold water systems).
e. `Sway braces.
f. Clamps.
2.
Maintain pipe alignment and rigidity.
3.
Supports to be designed for safety factor of 5 to 1 for gross weight of piping
system including fluid installation. '
4.
Structural members are not.to be drilled or cut without written approval from
Structural Engineer.
5.
Anchor concrete inserts to' reinforcing rods.
6. , '
Where hanger rods are longer than 18",.provide a lateral brace everyfourth
hanger.
7.
Do riot support piping by wire rope, wood or other makeshift devices.
8.
Suspended pipe installed with band -type couplings shall be supported at
every other joint, except that when the developed length between supports
exceeds four feet, it shall be provided on both sides of each joint and within
12 inches of each Joint. Supports shall also be provided at each horizontal
branch connection.
9.
Provide additional steel support, where building construction does not permit
the hanger spacing as scheduled; submit location and details for review.
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
15140 - 5
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
10. Vertical piping shall be rigidly supported at each floor.
11. Clamps supporting risers will rest on vibration isolator as specified in
Section 15240 Mechanical Sound, Vibration and Seismic Control.
12. Hangers and supports shall fit outside of pipe insulation. .
13. Isolate water piping from the structure and other objects with isolators.
14. Spring selection shall be based on maximum deflection of 2-inches in any
direction.
15: .For insulated pipe runs that are supported with individual hangers, provide
rigid insulation insert continuous through hangers. Protect insulation with
galvanized steel shield at supports.
16. Provide seismic bracing for all piping system to withstand 1.0 times zone 4
seismic forces.
3.02 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE:
------------------------ ---------------------------------------- =------------------------ =---------------------------------------------- --------
Service Pipe Size Spacing Other Locations
, Copper Tube 1/2 5' -0" At valves,
3/4" - 1." 6' - 0" fittings,
1'h" - 2" 8' - 0" and change
2,/21, - 4„ 10' - 0" in
5" and larger 12' — 0" direction.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Steel Pipe 1/2" and 3/4 5' - 0" At valves,
(See note 1) 1 " and 1-1/2" 7' - 0" fittings,
2 F , 91.- 0" and change
2'/2" thru 31/2" 11' - 0" in
4" thru 6" 14' - 0" direction
8" and larger. 18' - 0"
----------------------------------=--------------------------------------------------- ---=-------------------------------------------------------
"
Cast Iron Pipe 1'h"• and 2" 10' - 0" Changes in
3" 10' - 0" direction
4" - 6" 10' - 0" and at each
8" and larger 10' - 0" fitting.
----------- ----------------------------------------------- =-------------- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Note 1: Hanger Schedule does not apply to AFS piping See NFPA Pamphlet No 13.
J
END`OF SECTION
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 15140 - 6
La Quinta Resort.— Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
SECTION 15190 - MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
•Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work in this Section: Principal items include:
1. Identification of piping.
2. Identification of .equipment.
3. Valve identification.
B. Refer to.other sections of these specifications for related work, which is not work of
this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes, specifications and standards
having jurisdiction. -
1. ANSI A13.1-1981.
2. OSHA 1910.262.
3. Manufacturer's Installation Standards.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Requirements of Division-1 shall apply in addition to those listed hereinafter.
B.. Submittals on Materials:
1. Material submittals shall be manufacturers' prepared catalog cuts indicating
type, size and technical details.
2. Reference catalog -cuts to the applicable specification article (e.g.'2.02).
3. Catalog cuts shall be submitted in complete systems of manufacturers'
material.
4. Partial. submittals of systems are not acceptable.
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 15190 - 1
t
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
5. Each item of material submitted shall be initialed by the Contractor, as
•
verification that the submittal has been reviewed in detail and is in fact the .
Contractor's choice of materials.
1.05
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Delivery of Material
1. Deliver materials in unopened containers bearing intact grade seals.
2. Containers shall be dry and'clean.
B. Storage of Material
1. Material shall be protected from the weather and damage.
2. Store in location to minimize. handling.
1.06
JOB CONDITIONS:
- r
A... Protection: Materials set in place shall be protected from finishing of surrounding
areas and surfaces to preclude damage or degradation.
PART 2-
PRODUCTS
2.01
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to Compliance with requirements, provide products by one of,
the following:
�.
1. Seton, Brady or Emed.
2.02
PIPE IDENTIFICATION:
A. Section "set mark" marker: .
1. SNA thru 4" pipe size.
2. STIR 6" pipe size larger.
2.03 .
VALVE IDENTIFICATION:
A. Seton No. 250BL, brass valve tag.
r
B. Seton No. MSC8, copper wire meter seal, valve fastener.
2.04
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION:
A. One-piece engraved,,laminated, plastic plaque
1: Black background.
MECHANICAL
IDENTIFICATION 15190 - 2
r
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
.2.
White letters.
a. 1/4" high.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. General:
1.
Install pipe markers on piping in mechanical rooms, and areas accessible
for maintenance.
2.
Install pipe markers at maximum ten -foot intervals with the exception that a
room will have at least two identifications per piping system.
3:
Markers to be visible from floor level.
4.
Install valve tags on each valve; each disc shall be legibly marked with two
lines of lettering; (1) a prefix and (2) a valve number to readily indicate its
location and function. Characters to be factory stamped and black filled. 1
The Contractor shall prepare a published chart showing the assigned area
numbers controlled in each system by each valve. Additional charts shall be
in each Maintenance Manual. These numbers are to be used for reference
in the written text covering the 'operating procedures.
Prefix for each system shall be as follows:
Domestic Cold Water CW
Domestic Hot Water . HW./ HWR
_
Automatic Fire Sprinkler AFS
Condensate Drain CD
Sanitary Sewer 'SS
Greasy Waste GW
Storm Drain SD
Sanitary Vent SV, ,
Valve numbering shall be begin with 01 and follow sequentially through the
�.
system.
5.
Install pipe markers at branch take -off. and/or multi -fitting connection.
•6.
Arrows to point indirection of flow and point -away from legend marker.
7.
Mechanical equipment to .have affixed a plaque with name of equipment "
corresponding to call -out on mechanical drawings. Fasten with at least two'
stainless steel screws.
8.
Prepare, furnish and provide valve charts showing service, location and
identification of valves.
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 15190 - 3
r
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
9. It is the Contractor's responsibility to preserve the.cleanliness of the markers
until, final acceptance by the Owner.
10. Provide and install a sign at each automatically started equipment stating:
WARNING - THIS MACHINE IS AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED AND
MAY START AT ANY TIME. Signs shall be fabricated as stated in
Subsection 2.04. Locate conspicuously and support in a suitable permanent
manner.
END OF SECTION
J
J
La Quinta Resort —'Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
SECTION 15250 - MECHANICAL INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL''
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: ,
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special ,
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work in this Section: Principal items include: .
1. Pipe Insulation:
a. Domestic Hot Water.
b. Liquid and Suction Refrigeration Tubing.
C. Condensate drain.
d. Indirect drains.
2.. Ductwork and plenum, insulation.
a. Supply Air Ducts
b. Grease Exhaust Ducts
3. Equipment insulation.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Requirements of Division-1 shall apply in addition to•those listed hereinafter. -
B. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes, specifications and standards
having jurisdiction.
1. ASHRAE - 90A, 1980,
2. ASME - applicable standards.
3. ASTM E84 and C423.
4. California Energy Standards.
5. NFPA.255. `
MECHANICAL I,NSU- LATION 15250 - 1
1
La Quinta Resort = Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
6. SMACNA - Duct Liner Application Standards.
7. U.L. - applicable standards.
8. Manufacturer's Installation Standards.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Requirements of Division-1 'shall -apply in addition to those listed hereinafter.
B. Submittals on Materials:
• i
.1. Material submittals shall be manufacturers' prepared catalog cuts indicating
type, size and technical details. "
2. Reference catalog cuts to the applicable specification article (e.g. 2.02).
3. Catalog cuts shall.be submitted in complete groups or systems of manufac=
turers' material.
4. Partial submittals of groups or systems are not acceptable.
5. Each item of material submitted shall be initialed by the Contractor, as
verification that the submittal has been reviewed in detail and is in fact the
Contractor's choice of materials.
1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE.AND HANDLING:
A. Delivery of Material: Materials shall be delivered in unopened containers bearing
intact grade seals.
B. Storage of -Material:
1. Material shall be protected. from the weather and damage.
2. Store in location to minimize handling.
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS: r
A. Protection: Materials set in place shall be protected from finishing of surrounding
areas and surfaces to preclude damage or degradation.
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS.:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. Manville Building Materials Corp., Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corp. or
Certainteed Corp.
MECHANICAL INSULATION 15250 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
2. 3M Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 15A or equal (no more than 2 layers permitted to
achieve 2 Hr rating).
2.02 PIPE INSULATION:
A.- Manville, Micro-Lok APT, pressure sensitive closure system.
1. Preformed fiberglass with "K" factor of .22 max. at 75°F mean temperature.
2. Butt strips.
3. Thickness Schedule:
3/a" through 2" Pipe —1" thick
2'/z" through 4" Pipe — 2" thick
6" and larger Pipe — 3" thick
B. Fitting Covers:
1. Zeston 25/50 P.V.C., fitting covers.
2. Insulation insert.
C. Application:
1. Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return.
2.03 PIPE INSULATION:
A. Manville, Aerotube II, foamed plastic slip-on and sealed with adhesive.
1. Butt strip.
2. Seal with Manville 57.
3. Exterior pipe insulation jacket shall be sealed.and watertight..
B. Application:'
1. Condensate drain.
2. Indirect drains.
3. Liquid and Suction Refrigeration Tubing.
f 2.05 EXTERNAL SUPPLY AIR. DUCT INSULATION:
A. Manville, R-Series Microlite fiberglass duct insulation.
1. Roll form.
2. Aluminum foil facing.
MECHANICAL INSULATION 15250 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
3. Insulation value of R=6 (Installed; compressed, not out of the box).
.. r
4. 2" overlap tab.
5. 2" minimum thickness.
B. Application:
1. Supply Air Ducts unless lined based on the direction of Subsection 2.06.
2.06 SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCT LINER:
1. Manville Permacote Linacoustic. Applied to interior of ductwork, ASTM C1071, Type
1; SMACNA and NFPA 90A and 90B.
1. Noise reduction coefficient: 0.70 minimum based on "Type A Mounting".
2. Installed R-Value'. 5.0 minimum.
3. Facing shall' be acrylic water base which will not support fungus or bacteria
growth.(ASTM G21 and G22).
4. Virgin wool fiber - 1" for all duct sizes.
5. UL 723 Compliance: Flame Spread not over 25 and Smoke Developed not
over 50.
6. LINING SHALL BE FACTORY INSTALLED; DUCT SIZES NOTED ON
DRAWINGS IS NET CLEAR FREE AREA OF THE DUCT AND LINING.
2. Application:
1. Supply air ducts exposed inside building.
2. Supply air ducts shall be lined from the Sound Trap to second elbow or 25
feet whichever is less; supply duct need not be externally insulated if lined.
3. Return air ducts shall be lined for their entire length within the Project..
2.07 2-HOUR RATED DUCT WRAP
A. 3M.Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 15A,"2 layers required to achieve 2 Hour Rating: .
1. Inorganic blanket material encapsulated with a scrim -reinforced foil.
2. Each layer is 11/2" thick.
3. Tested in accordance with ASTM C 411, C 518, E 84, E 119, E 136; E 184 .
and-UL 1978 Sections 12 and 13. Complies with NFPA 96 1998 Edition.
4. Foil Encapsulated; Blanket Flame Spread Rating is 0, Smoke Developed
Rating is 0; the Blanket Flame Spread Rating is 0 and the Smoke
Developed Rating is 0.
MECHANICAL.INSULATION 15250 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
5. 3M Fire Barrier 1000 N/S, 1003 S/L or 2000+ Silicone Sealant shall be used
in combination with 3M Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 15A to firestop the duct when
the duct penetrates fire rated floors and walls.
2.08 EQUIPMENT INSULATION:
A. Manville, 1000 Series, Spin-Glas HTB High Temperature Fiberglass Blanket; HTB-
26:
1. Low density (1.06 pcf) blanket with thermal conductivity at 350OF mean
temperature of 0.57 BTU-in./Hr x ft2x-OF).
2. Minimum thickness: 2-inches.
3. ASTM E84 Flame Spread - Not greater than 25.
4.. ASTM E84 Smoke Developed - Not greater than 50.
5. Secure in place with .wire straps.
B. Application:
1. - Existing Domestic Not Water Heater.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DOMESTIC HOT WATER:
A. Self -Sealing jacket to be secured by applying section of pipe insulation to the pipe,
peeling off release paper from longitudinal lap and seal immediately by pressing with
the hand, working out from the center to ends of section. Pressurize the lap by
rubbing hard .with the back of a knife blade making sure'edges are sealed tightly.
Remove release paper from butt strips and apply to circumferential joint. Do not pull
too tightly to avoid fishmouthing. Rub entire surface with back of knife blade to
assure good adhesion.
B. Fittings' and valves shall be insulated with premolded one-piece Zeston PVC
insulated fitting covers. 'Factory precut Zeston insulation shall be applied to the '
fitting. The ends of the Zeston insulation shall be tucked snugly.into the throat of the
fitting and the edges adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and tucked in fully insulating
the pipe fitting. The one-piece Zeston PVC fitting cover is then secured by tapping
the ends. to the adjacent pipe covering. Tape shall extend over the adjacent pipe
insulation, and have an overlap on itself at late 2-inches on the downward side. .
3.02 EXTERNAL SUPPLY AIR DUCTS:
A. Insulation shall be cut slightly longer than circumference of duct to insure full,
thickness at corners. Insulation shall be applied with edges tightly butted. Insulation '
shall be adhered to duct with fire resistant adhesive Benjamin -Foster 85-20.
Adhesive shall be applied so that insulation conforms.to duct surfaces uniformly and
,firmly.
MECHANICAL INSULATION 15250 - 5 •
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
3.03
3.04
B. In addition to. adhesive, ducts with a width of 24-inches or over shall be further.
secured on the underside by means of welded pins and speed clips on maximum 18-
inch centers on center line of duct. The protruding ends of the pins shall be cut off
flush after the speed clips have been applied. Vapor barrier facing shall be
thoroughly sealed with 3-inch wide pressure sensitive tape to match the facing where
the pins have pierced through.
C. Joints shall be sealed with 2-inch wide vapor barrier pressure sensitive tape. All, cuts
or tears shall be sealed with 3-inch wide pressure sensitive tape to match the facing.
D. Aluminum (where required) shall be secured in place by a continuous friction type .
joint along entire length of the aluminum jacket. Then, an aluminum preformed snap
strap containing a permanently plastic weatherproof sealant,. shall be centered over
each circumferential joint, and secured by banding (0.015 inch minimum thickness).
E. Elbows, tube turns, sweeps and bends shall be insulated with mitered section of the
specified insulation and with an aluminum jacket'(where required). Joints shall be
sealed with a sealing compound and preformed aluminum bands (Manville Miter -
Seals).
2 HOUR RATED DUCT WRAP (3M FIRE BARRIER DUCT WRAP 15A)
A. Contractor shall install the duct wrap in accordance to the manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. The Contractor shall either install the Duct Wrap using the "Telescoping' Overlap
Wrap system, the, Checkerboard Wrap system or the ButtJoint with Collar system;
each.described in the manufacturer's recommendations.
C. The blanket shall be mechanically attached to the duct by steel banding or by welded
insulation pins and clips for all three installation methods noted above.
D. Additional pinning will be required for all duct 24" and larger in width; additional pins
are required. to support the blanket on the bottom horizontal surface an on the
outside.face of a vertical duct run. Space pins a maximum of 10Yz" apart in the
direction of the blanket width•and a.maximum of 12" apart in the direction of the
blanket length.
PIPING INSERTS AND SHIELDS:
A. Rigid insulation inserts (Thermo-12) shall be installed on'pipe sizes'/z" and larger
under outside hangers. Inserts shall be of'equal thickness to the adjoining insulation
and shall be provided with vapor retarder seals where required.
B. Insulation inserts shall not be less than the following lengths:
1/2" to 1 1 /4" pipe size 8" long
1 1/2" to 3" pipe size 10" long
MECHANICAL INSULATION
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
4" to 10" pipe size 12" long
C. Galvanized metal shields shall be applied between hangers or supports and the pipe
insulation. Shields shall be formed to fit the insulation and shall extend up to the
centerline of the pipe and the length specified for the insulation hanger inserts less
4" to allow for.vapor retarding butt joints on each side of the shields.
D. Specified adhesives, mastics and coatings shall be applied at the•manufacturer's
recommended minimum coverage per gallon.
E. Application:
1. Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return Piping
3.04 LIQUID AND SUCTION REFRIGERATION PIPING / CONDENSATE AND INDIRECT DRAIN
PIPE:
A. Slip insulation over the open end of straight or curved tubing or pipe. Butted ends
should be brush coated with Adhesive and pressed firmly together as soon as
adhesive is non -tacky to touch.
B. Insulation maybe slit. longitudinally to apply to piping in place (snapped into place).
C.. Sweat Type Fittings: Insulation shall be made up from properly miter -cut pieces of
insulation, slit and snapped into place over fittings. Joined surfaces are cemented
together. -
D. Threaded Type Fittings: Insulation shall be sleeved having an inside diameter large
enough to overlap the insulation on the adjacent piping. Sleeve -type fittings are
made• up by cementing two miter -cut pieces of insulation together with Adhesive.
Fitting is then split and snapped into position; all joints being cemented together.
3.05 INSTALLATION STANDARDS:
Manufacturer's recommendations and installation standard shall be strictly enforced as if
included in these specifications.
END OF SECTION
r
MECHANICAL INSULATION 15250.- 7
La Quints Resort - Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
SECTION 15440 - PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. .
1.02 DESCRIPTION:.
A. Work in this section: Principal items include:
1. Fixtures and Trim
2. Drains
B. Refer to other sections of .these specifications for related work, which is not work of
this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes, specifications and standards
having jurisdiction:
1. California_ Code of Regulations; barrier free compliance`.
2. California Water Conservation -Compliance fixtures and trim.
-3. Manufacturer's installation standards.
4. Plastic pipe or plastic material not integral to the fixtures specified shall not
be permitted under any circumstance. Drains and traps shall be constructed
of cast brass, steel, copper or cast iron; no exceptions accepted.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Requirements of Division-1 shall apply in addition to those listed hereinafter.
B. Submittals on materials:
1. Material submittals shall be manufacturer's prepared catalog cuts indicating
type; size and technical details.
2. Reference catalog cuts.to the applicable specification article (e.g. 2.03).
3. Catalog cuts shall be submitted in complete• systems of manufactu'rers'
material.
4.. Partial submittals of groups are not acceptable.
PLUMBING FIXTURES. 15440 - 1
La Quinta Resort - Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
5. Each item of material submitted shall be initialed by the Contractor, as
verification that the submittal has been reviewed in detail and is in fact the
Contractor's choice of materials. .
1.05
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Delivery of material:
1. Fixtures, trim, closet seats and drains shall be delivered in unopened
containers, bearing intact grade seals.
2. Containers shall be dry and clean.
B. Storage of material:
1. Material shall be protected from the weather and damage.
2. Store in location to minimize handling.
1:06
JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Protection: �.
1. Materials set in place shall be protected from finishing of surrounding areas
and surfaces to preclude damage or degradation.
.PART 2 -
PRODUCTS
2.01
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of
the following:
1. Fixtures: Kohler or American Standard or as specified.
2. Trim: Zurn or Sloan or as specified.
3. Drainage products: Jay R Smith, Josam, Wade or Zurn.
2.02
REQUIREMENTS:
A. Products:, Items listed above shall be single manufacturer, where applicable.
2.03
MOP SINK (MARK MS-1) .
A. Fixture: Kohler Model No. K-6710 "Whitby'- floor -mounted corner,
enameled cast iron, with wire rim guard.
B. Trim: Kohler Model No. K-8904 "Knoxford", wall faucet with vacuum
breaker, loose key stops in the shanks, wrist handles, rough chrome plated, c
hose rack and hose.
PLUMBING
FIXTURES 15440 - 2
La CQuinta Resort
- Azur Kitchen and Lounge. Restoration "
2.04
HAND SINK (MARK HS-1)
Furnished by the Food Service Equipment Subcontractor -
2.05
DRAINS - SANITARY:
A. Floor Drain (Mark FD-1): Jay R Smith No. 2010-A-TP, cast iron body with adjustable
nickel bronze round grate and trap primer connection.
B. Floor Sink .(Mark FS-1): Jay R Smith No. 3002, galvanized cast iron body with
stainless steel top and dome strainer.
C. Floor Sink (Mark FS-2):.Jay, R Smith No. 3470-G galvanized cast iron body with
6"x12" nickel bronze grate, and flashing flange. "
PART 3 -
EXECUTION
3.01
Contractor shall verify fixture and equipment locations with the Architectural drawings and
,
shall furnish and/or connect to fixtures and equipment shown on the drawings and to fixtures
and equipment furnished under other sections of these specifications.
3.02
Mount fixtures in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations except where indicated
differently on Drawings.
3.03
Seal between building finishes and plumbing fixtures.
r
3.04
Where adjacent materials on each side of. the joint are different colors, use sealant color
selected by Architect.
3.05
Fixtures shall be hung, supported or set with brass bolts or screws.of sufficient length to
fasten the fixture to the backing, plate, wall or closet ring.
3.06
The heads and nuts of the bolts exposed at the fixtures have a chrome plated finish.
Exposed supporting brackets shall be enamel painted to harmonize with the fixtures.
3.07
Stops, supplies, tailpieces, traps, trap arms and escutcheons to be polished chrome plated
brass.
3.08
Each fixture water supply shall be provided with chromium plated Iron Pipe Size wheel handle'
stop. Rubber packing or composition seals are not acceptable.
-3.09
CLEANING:
A. Clean fixtures, trim and fittings 5 days prior to completion of the project; damaged
fixtures shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner.
B. Polish fixtures, trim and fittings 5 days prior to completion of the project; damaged
fixtures shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
PLUMBING FIXTURES 15440 - 3
La Quinfa Resort — Azu.r Kitchen and Lounge Restoration ;
SECTION 15500 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
PART1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work in this Section: Principal items include:
1. The Contractor shall prepare shop drawings and calculations for alterations
to the existing "Wet Pipe Automatic Fire Sprinkler System" in accordance
with the standards of Coachella County, City of La Quinta and the'State of ;
' California and NFPA Pamphlet No. 13. The'project shall be fully fire
sprinklered.
a. Preparation of construction documents and calculations by the
Design/Construct Subcontractor shall include all engineering for the
automatic fire sprinkler systems, including preparation of
construction drawings, details and submission to Coachella County
and/or City of La Quinta Plans Review as a deferred approval
following the issuance of the Building Permit.
b. Existing Automatic Fire, Sprinkler Riser.shall be re -used for the
alterations and the expansion.
B. - Refer to other sections of these specificatiors for related work, which is work of this
' section.
1. A5060 - Pipe and Pipe Fittings.
2. 15100 - Valves.
A 3. 15120 - Piping Specialties. -
4. 15140 - Supports and Anchors.
5. 15190 - Mechanical Identification.
6. 15992 - Pipe System Testing.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Codes and Standards:. Complywith applicable codes, specifications and standards
having jurisdiction.
1.. ANSI - applicable standards.
2. ASME - applicable standards.
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALITIES - 15500 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
3. ASTM - applicable standards.
4. California State Fire Marshal- applicable standards.
5. State of California - applicable standards.
6. FM - applicable standards.
7. NFPA - applicable standards.
8. U.L. - applicable standards. .
9. Construction documents, calculations and written Requests for Variations
shall be submitted by the Design/Construct Subcontractor for the automatic
fire sprinkler systems including interconnections to the existing on -site water
main, existing automatic fire sprinkler distribution and shall be stamped
approved by Coachella County and/or City of La Quinta Buildingland Safety
prior to submitting to Architect as "Shop Drawings".
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Requirements of Division-1 shall apply in addition to those listed hereinafter.
B. Submittals on Materials:
1. Material submittals shall be manufacturers' -prepared catalog cuts indicating
type, size and technical details.
2. Reference catalog cuts to the applicable specification article (e.g. 2.02).
3'. Catalog .cuts shall be submitted in complete groups of manufacturers'
material.
4. Partial submittals of groups or systems are not acceptable.
.5. Each item of material submitted shall be initialed by the Contractor, as
verification, that the submittal has been reviewed in detail and is in fact the
Contractor's choice of materials.
6. Submit four (4) stamped "approved" sets of the standpipe and automatic fire
1. sprinkler drawings'and calculations to the Architect for review.
1.05 DESIGN CRITERIA:
A. Wet pipe automatic fire sprinkler system.
1. Hydraulic calculations shall be based on NFPA, Owner's Insurance
Underwriter, Coachella County and/or City of La Quinta and other authorities
having jurisdiction; the minimum design standard shall be Ordinary Hazard
Group.1 design for all portions of the building.
1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Delivery of Material:
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALITIES 15500 - 2
r
L6'Quinta Resort—.Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
1. Materials to be delivered in unopened containers bearing intact grade seals.
2. Containers are to be dry and clean.
3. Openings are to be sealed.
B.. Storage of Material:
1. Material shall be protected from the weather and damage from other trades.
2. Store in location to minimize handling.
1.07 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Protection: Materials set in place shall be protected from finishing of surrounding
areas and surfaces to preclude damage or.degradation during application of
installation of materials or products.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS.,
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. Automatic fire sprinkler heads: Viking, Grinnell or Reliable..
2. Fire protection specialties: Standard Fire West, Pott&-Roemer or Elkhart.
2.02 REQUIREMENTS:
A. Materials and equipment shall be standard products of the manufacturer's, latest
design and suitable to perform the functions intended. Where two or more pieces of
equipments must perform the same functions, they'shall be duplicates produced by
one manufacturer..The name of the manufacturer, and the serial numbers, shall
appear on all major components. Locks for all cabinets shall be keyed alike.
1. Devices and equipments shall be UL listed, FM approved and Coachella
County and/or City of La Quinta and State of California approved.
2. Devices, equipments and components shall be products of the ' same
manufacturer.
, J 0
2.03 AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS:
A. Viking Model B-1 "Horizon Mirage Extended Coverage" concealed and sidewall
sprinkler head, solder link and lever spray.
1. U.L. and F.M. approved.
2: Temperature release; 1650E
.3. Orifice Size;'/2"
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALITIES 15500 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
4. Finish: White (No. 1004).
5. Application:
a. Public Spaces i
B. Viking Model N-2 - Micromatic, stainless steel, pendant frangible glass bulb.
1. U.L. and F.M: approved.
2. Temperature release; 155°F. .
3. Orifice size: •'/2".
4. Finish: Stainless Steel.
5. Application:
a. Unfinished Areas
C. Viking Model M - Micromatic, upright frangible glass bulb.
1. U.L. and F.M. approved.
2. Temperature release; 212°F.
3. Orifice size: '/2".
4. Natural brass finish.
5. Application:
a. Finished area where there are no ceilings
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Automatic fire sprinkler head locations shallbecoordinated with the reflected ceiling plans.
AFS heads shall be placed.in the center of a tile.though patterns shall be approved by the
Architect.
3.02 Install all equipment_ in the location shown on the`,approved shop drawings, except where
t
specifically otherwise approved by the Owner.
3.03 Check each piece of equipment in the system for defects, verifying that all parts are properly
furnished and installed, that all items function properly, and that all adjustments have been
made.
END OF SECTION
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALITIES -15500 - 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
SECTION 15886 - AIR TREATMENT EQUIPMENT
PART 1`- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contracts, including General, Supplementary and Special
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
.1.02 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work in this Section: Principal items include:
,
1. Air filters.
B. Refer to other sections of these specifications for related work, which is not work of
this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes, specifications and standards
having jurisdiction.
1. ASHRAE - ASHRAE 52-76 test
• 2. ASME - applicable standards.
3. U.L. - Class 2.
4. Manufacturer's Installation Standards.
1.04- SUBMITTALS:
A. r Requirements.of Division-1 shall apply in addition to those listed hereinafter.
n
B. Submittals on Materials:
1. Material submittals shall be manufacturers' prepared catalog cuts indicating
type, size and technical details:
2. Reference catalog cuts to the applicable specification article (e.g. 2.02).
3. Catalog' cuts shall be submitted in complete groups of manufacturer's.
material.
_4. Partial submittals of groups or systems are not acceptable.
AIR TREATMENT EQUIPMENT 15885 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
5. Each item of material submitted to be initialed by the Contractor, as
verification that the submittal has been reviewed in detail and is in fact the
Contractor's choice of materials.
1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Delivery of Material:
1. Deliver materials in unopened containers bearing intact grade seals.
2. Containers shall be dry and clean.
B. Storage of Material:
11. Material shall be protected from the weather and damage.
2. Store in location to minimize handling.
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Protection: Materials set in place shall be protected from finishing of surrounding
areas and surfaces to preclude damage or degradation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject,to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. Luwa, Farr or American Air Filter.,
2.02 EQUIPMENT FILTERS:
A. Luwa FP-85-24. (24" x 24" x 12" ).-
1. Rigid structure consisting of four"V" shaped cells.
2. Filter medium shall be non -shedding, wet process, glass fiber paper. A
polyurethane sealant shall be used to encapsulate the media to the filter
casing..
3. 85% efficiency.
4. Initial pressure drop of 0.60" water gauge at 3000 CFM maximum air flow.
5. Flammability: UL-Class 2.
AIR TREATMENT EQUIPMENT.,15885 - 2
o.
r
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
•
A. Prior to starting air.handling units, construction filters shall be in place during
construction and air balancing procedure.
B. Upon acceptance of the building'and the air balance report, Contractor shall replace
construction filters with new clean filters.
END OF SECTION
AIR TREATMENT EQUIPMENT i 15885 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
r
SECTION 15890 - DUCTWORK
PART1-
GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract,. including General, Supplementary and Special
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.02
DESCRIPTION:
A. - Work in this Section: Principal items include:
1. Galvanized steel ductwork.
{
2. Stainless steel ductwork.
3. Unico Square Fiberglass Ductboard Plenum and Fittings
4. Flexible ductwork.,
5. Duct sealers.
6. Duct accessories.
B. Refer to other sections of these specifications for related work, which is not work of
this section.
1.03
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes, specifications and standards. I
1. NFPA, Standard 90, Paragraph 113a.
2. UMC - applicable standards.
3. SMACNA - applicable standards.
4: U.L. Listing.
5. Manufacturer's Installation Standards.
1.04
SUBMITTALS: .
A. Requirements of Division-1 apply in addition to those listed hereinafter.
B. Submittals on Materials: F
r
1. Material submittals shall be manufacturers' prepared catalog cuts indicating
type, size and technical details.
DUCTWORK
15890 - 1
La . Quirita Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
2.. Reference catalog cuts to the applicable. specification article (e.g.2.03).
3. Catalog cuts shall be submitted 'in complete groups or systems of
manufacturers' material.
4. Partial submittals of groups or systems are not acceptable.
5. Each item of material submitted shall be initialed by the Contractor, as
verification that the submittal has been reviewed in detail and is in fact the
Contractor's choice of materials.
1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY', STORAGE AND HANDLING'
A. Delivery of Material: Materials shall be delivered in.unopened containers bearing
intact grade seals.
B. Storage of material:
1. Material shall be protected from the weather and damage.
2. Store in location to minimize handling.
1.06 JOB CONDITION:
A. Protection: Materials set in place shall be protected from finishing of surrounding'
areas and.surfaces to preclude damage or degradation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
- 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:.
1. Low Pressure Flexible Ductwork: Genf lex, Casco or Thermaflex.
2. Square Fiberglass Ductboard Plenum and Fittings: Unico
3. Duct Sealer: 'United Duct Sealer or Tuff -Bond.
4. Nylon Clamp: Panduit, Duro Dyne or Therma-flex.
5. Turning Vanes: Duro Dyne.
6. Access Doors: Pottoroff
7. Volume Dampers: Pottoroff, Ruskin or Air Balance.
8. Backdraft Dampers: Pottoroff, Ruskin, or Air Balance.
DUCTWORK 15890 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
2.02. REQUIREMENTS:
A. Product:
1. hems listed above shall be single. manufacturer, where applicable.
2.03 LOW PRESSURE RIGID DUCTWORK:
A. USSG galvanized iron or steel. Gauge and construction in accordance with local
codes, NFPA pamphlet No. 90A and SMACNA. requirements in Section 7 "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; latest edition.
1. Traverse Joints: Ductmate or WDCI duct connection systems will be
accepted. Ductwork constructed with these systems shall incorporate
manufacturers guidelines for sheet gauge, intermediate reinforcement size
and spacing, and joint reinforcement. Use of these joint systems shall be
limited as follows:
Duct Size Operating Pressure
Up to 42-inches Up to 2" wg (Min. 26 gauge)
2. Long itudinal'Seams: Pittsburgh Lock shall be used on longitudinal seams.
Longitudinal seams will be sealed with a mastic sealant; SnapLock is not
acceptable.
3. Duct Wall: Except as otherwise noted or indicated, fabricate ductwork from
galvanized sheet steel in compliance with ANSI/ASTM A 527, lockforming
.quality, with ANSI/ASTM A 525, G90 zinc coating; mill phosphatized for
exposed locations.
4. Provide turning vanes on mitred elbows and R/W = 1.5 on radius elbows.
5. Duct joints for supply and return air ducts and plenums shall be, sealed with
a non -toxic, water -based, nonflarnmable,.fire retardant duct sealant.
61. Access doors shall be hinged with two (2) Ventlock No. 260 latches.
r
7. Joints of ductwork exposed to the weather shall be sealed watertight with
Arabol and canvas.
8. Leakage criteria:
Supply Ductwork: Operating Pressure Up to 2" wg
Allowable leakage: 2% of ,design CFM
Operating Pressure 4" wg. and higher,
Allowable leakage: 1 % of design CFM
Return Ductwork: Allowable leakage:. 2% of design CFM
DUCTWORK 15890 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
9. Ducts shall be oval, round, rectangular or square as noted on the drawings.
- B. Application:
1. Supply air ducts
2. Return air ducts
3. Exhaust air ducts.
2.04 LOW PRESSURE FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK:
A. Genflex IL flexible,, factory constructed UL labeled and Class 1 requirements for
flame spread of.25 or less and smoke developed of 50 or less (NFPA
90A).
1. Minimum 3" w.g. positive, 1/2" w.g. negative working pressure. '
2. Maximum.4000 FPM.
3. Temperature range -20 degrees F to +250 degrees F.
B. Flexible System:
1. Vapor Barrier: Polyethylene jacket, perm rating .10 (Vinyl jacket material not
acceptable).
2. Insulation: Fiberglass.duct liner, nominal 1" thickness and one (1) pound
per cubic foot density:
3. Core: Continuous full internal liner bonded to galvanized steel helix.
4. Collars: Factory installed with integral clamping devices.
5... Maximum length - 7 feet. `
C. Application:
1. End connection to ceiling diffuser and return air register or grille.
2.05 LOW PRESSURE GREASE EXHAUST DUCTWORK:
A. USSG black iron or steel. Gauge and construction in accordance with local codes,
NFPA pamphlet No. 90A, and SMACNA requirements in Section 7 "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and flexible"; latest edition, but duct shall be not less
than 16 gauge.
1: Traverse Joints: Liquid tight continuous external welded construction in
accordance with SMACNA standards.
2. Longitudinal Seams: Liquid tight continuous external welded construction in
accordance with SMACNA standards. .
DUCTWORK 15890 - 4
11
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
3. Access doors shall be located at each change of direction and all straight
runs of 50 feet. Access doors shall be hinged and sealed in accordance .
with SMACNA standards and NFPA 96.
4. Application:
1. Grease exhaust ducts.
2.06 LOW PRESSURE STAINLESS STEEL DUCTWORK:
A. USSG stainless steel. Gauge and construction in accordance with local codes,
NFPA pamphlet No. 90A and SMACNA requirements in Section 7 "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; latest edition.
1. Traverse Joints: Liquid tight continuous external welded construction in
accordance with SMACNA standards:
2. Longitudinal Seams: Liquid tight continuous external welded construction in
accordance with SMACNA standards.
3. Application:
1. Vapor exhaust ducts.
2.07 SQUARE FIBERGLASS DUCTBOARD PLENUM AND FITTINGS'
A. Fiberglass Straight Duct shall be Unico Part No. UPC-12-06556-4 with internal
dimension of 6.5"x6.5
B. Full Flow Fiberglass Tee Duct shall be Unico Part No. UPC-16V-065S-X with internal
dimension of 6.5"x6.5".
C., 90' Fiberglass Elbow shall be Unico Part No. UPC-18-065S-X with internal
dimension of 6.5"x6.5". , '
D. Fiberglass End Cap shall be Unico Part No. UPC-15-065"S-4.
2.08 DUCT SEALER:.
A. United Duct Sealer.
1. Non -toxic, water based, nonflammable, and fire retardant.
2. UL labeled.
I
2.09 FLEXIBLE DUCT CLAMPS:
A. Duro Dyne, Dyn-O-Tie
1. 430 stainless steel. _
2. 0.20"x 0.3125 strap.
DUCTWORK 15890 - 5
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
2.10
NYLON CLAMPS:
i
A. Duro Dyne Dyn-O-Tie.
1. Self extinguishing nylon.
2.11
FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS:
-
A. U.L. listed glass fabric, neoprene coated for indoor, hypalon coated for outdoor,
flameproof fabric; Duro Dyne Neoprene.
B. Application:
1. Fan inlets.
2.• Fan outlets.
3. Expansion joints.
2.12
ACCESS DOORS:
A. Galvanized steel; SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Standards - 5th Edition, Figure_ 2-14
for duct.access; Figure 3-17 for. plenum access.
`1. Single skin, reinforced for uninsulated duct.
2. Double skin, insulated for insulated duct.
3. Urethane gaskets, butt or piano hinges and sash lock for duct access.
4. Urethane gaskets, butt or T hinges, inside and outside lever handles (Duro
Dyne SP-20, Ventlok 260 or Pottorff) for plenum access.
B. Application:
1. Fire dampers.
2. Fire/Smoke dampers.
3. Balancing.,
4. Inspection, service and maintenance.
2.13
TURNING VANES:
A. Prefabricated double thickness airfoil shaped steel vanes formed from 8" wide stock,
Duro Dyne Vane Foil
2.14
MANUAL DAMPERS:
A. ' 14" or larger in both dimensions rectangular duct, multi -louver opposed blade.
B. Rectangular duct smaller than 14", single blade type.
DUCTWORK
15890 - 6
La .Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
2.15
2.16
2.17
2.18
2.19
C. Round duct, single blade butterfly. ,
D. Concealed areas, concealed damper regulator and access panel.
E. Construction:
1. Teflon bearings.
F. Manufacturer: Pottorff Model No. CD10R.
DAMPER LOCKING QUADRANTS:
A.-, Concealed Ducts: Duro Dyne Model SRC with extension rods, universal joints and
miter gear assemblies as required for damper operation.
B. Uninsulated Exposed Ducts: Duro Dyne ModeI.SFHS.
C. Insulated Exposed Ducts: Duro Dyne Model SRST.
D. Access panels shall be provided where devices are concealed.
SPIN -IN FITTINGS:
A. Galvanized steel, die formed locking groove, 45 degrees tap -in. •
B. Application: Rectangular to round duct.
BACKDRAFT DAMPER:
A. Pottorff Model No. BD57A, Ruskin BD6 or manufacturer's standard at fan inlet or
outlet. ^
B. Extruded aluminum blades with vinyl edge seams and inch tie rods.
C. Extruded aluminum frame`. P
D. Zytel bearings.
INSTRUMENT TEST PORTS:
A.. Duro Dyne Model TH-1 cast alloy with zinc plated cap, neoprene expansion plug and
neoprene mounting gaskets.
B. Application.
1. Air test and balance instrument ports.
CONCEALED DAMPER REGULATORS:
1. Young Regulator Co. Model No. 301 CDS concealed regulators with cover plates.
2. Flush with finished surface with key operated damper rod.. Lock nut and spring
washer shall hold damper in fixed position.
DUCTWORK 15890 - 7
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
3.
Application:
1. For dampers located .above plaster or gypsum board ceilings. .
PART 3 -. EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL:
A.
Ductwork may be oval or round where permitted by space conditions.
t B.
Exposed ductwork'shall be installed at elevations noted on drawings.
C.
Duct'sizes for acoustically lined ducts are net clear dimensions to inside of lining.
Duct sizes for externally insulated ducts are net clear dimensions inside of the duct;
not including insulation. See Section 15250 for application of lined duct. „
D.
Joints shall be neatly finished and substantially air -tight, edges and slips hammered
down to leave a smooth interior finish.
E.
Galvanized iron ducts shall have standing seams on not greater than 34" centers.
Flat sheets shall be cross-broken.or kinked to prevent vibrations or buckling due
to air flow and accompanying variations in internal pressure.
F.,
Oval and Round Duct and fittings: Round and Oval ductwork shall be spiral lock
seam low pressure type as manufactured by Glass Insulation Company, Spiro -Duct
or Reliable. Steel for round duct and AccuDuct Manufacturing for oval duct and both
shall be constructed of galvanized steel. Reducers shall be formed type. Ninety
degree (90°) elbows shall be three (3) piece type. Fittings shall have seams and
joints sealed airtight with ducts sealant and spot welded: All circumferential joints
shall be slip joints, mechanically fastened with sheet metal screws, minimum four (4)
per joint and not to exceed twelve inches (12") on center.
G..
Ducts to be free of vibration under all conditions of operation.
H.
Transition slope shall not exceed 1 foot per feet.
I.
Laps at joint shall be made in the air flow direction.
J.
Paint the inside of ducts behind air outlets, extending as far as visible with flat black
paint.
3.02 FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK: J
A.
Apply sealer attachment.
B.
Secure .duct core to attachment with duct clamp (metal).
C.
Duct length not to exceed 7 feet.
D.
Duct shall be fully extended, free of kinks:
1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and* Lounge Restoration
3.03
SPIN -IN FITTINGS:
A. Seal joint with duct sealer.
3.04
FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS:
A. Fabric'shall be nominal 6" width, fastened with clamping rings, allowing two .inch
clearance between duct and fan.
3.05
ACCESS DOORS:
A. Coordinate locations of access doors are required in ceilings, furred spaces, etc., to
permit access to dampers, valves and operators.
.3.06
TEST HOLES:
A. Provide duct test holes with covers inducts and plenums where indicated and where
necessary for using pitot tubes for taking measurements to balance the air systems.
3:07
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A. Hangers and supports shall be in conformance with SMACNA Standards or Uniform
Mechanical Code Standards.
B. Flexible ducts shall be supported'every 36 inches with 3/4" wide banding material.
3.08
DUCT AND CASING SEALING:
A. ' All longitudinal joints shall be made airtight.
--
B., Duct tape not acceptable.
3.09
MANUAL DAMPERS:
A. Each duct branch serving one diffuser or grille or more shall have a manual damper
and access panel for balancing and adjusting even though not necessarily shown on
the drawings. The damper furnished with each diffuser or grille shall not be used for
balancing purposes.
END OF SECTION
-"
DUCTWORK
15890 - 9
i
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
SECTION 15935 - AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: .
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work in this Section: Principal items include:
1. Diffusers.:'
2. Registers.
3. Grilles.
B. Refer to other sections of these specifications for related work, which is not work of
this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Codes and Standards:. Comply with applicable codes, specifications and standards
having jurisdiction:
1. ADC - applicable standards.
2. ASME - applicable standards.
3. UL - applicable standards.
4. Manufacturer's Installation Standards:
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
.-A. Requirements of Division-1 shall apply in addition to those listed hereinafter.
B. Submittals on Materials:
r
1. 'Material submittals shall be manufacturers' prepared catalog cuts indicating
type, size and technical details.
2.Reference catalog cuts to the applicable specification article (e.g.2.03).
3. Catalog cuts shall be submitted in complete groups. or systems of
manufacturers' material.
4: Partial submittals of groups or systems are not acceptable:
r
AIR INLET AND OUTLETS ` 15935 - 1
M
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
5. Each item of material submitted shall be initialed by the Contractor, as
verification that the submittal has. been reviewed in detail and is in fact the
Contractor's choice of materials.
1.05
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Delivery of Material Units shall be delivered crated. Grade seals shall be intact.
B. Storage of Material:
1. -Material shall be protected from the weather and damage.
2. Store in location -to minimize handling.
1.06
i
JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Protection Materials set in place.shall be protected from finishing of surrounding
areas and surfaces to preclude damage or degradation.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
_
1 1
.
2.01
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. Price Air Distribution Products, Titus, or Krueger
2. Unico Air Distribution Devices for Lounge. System Only.
2.02.
CEILING DIFFUSERS (CD):
A. Device: Price Air'Distribution Products.No. AMCD; See drawings forsizesand throw
pattern.
1. Removable and. re-arrangeable modular core, and. removable perforated
face.
2. Type 3P forFP and Type 6.for Surfaced Mounted.
3. Aluminum construction, with -steel panel.
4. Opposed blade damper.
2.03
RETURN AND/OR EXHAUST CEILING REGISTERS (CR):
A. Device: Price Air Distribution Products No. 80EGG; See drawings for sizes.
I. Grate -with filler panel for T-Bar Ceiling, Type F for Surface Mounted.
2. Opposed blade damper.
3. Aluminum construction, with steel panel.
AIR INLET AND OUTLETS 15935 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
2.04 SIDEWALL SUPPLY AIR REGISTER JR OR BR):
1
A. Device: Price Air Distribution Products No. 22DAL; See drawings for sizes and throw
pattern.
1. Double deflection with vertical front and horizontal rear vanes. .
2. Rectangular, surface mounted.
3. Aluminum construction, with steel panel.
4., Opposed blade damper.
2.05 RETURN OR EXHAUST WALL REGISTER (RR, ER):
A. Device: Price Air Distribution Products No. 60DAL; See drawings.for size and throw
pattern.
1. Single.deflection with vanes set at 350.. angle.
2. Rectangular, surface mounted.
3. Aluminum construction with steel panels.
4. Opposed blade damper.
2.06 UNICO OUTLET KITS — LOUNGE AIR DISTRIBUTION
A. Unico Outlet Kit Part No. UPC-80E-1 shall consists of the following pieces:
1 — 12 Foot Sound Attenuator
1 —Supply Outlet (Color: White)
2 — Scrim Core Clamps (Stamped "575")
2 — Supply Tubing Clamps (Stamped "605 and Painted Color: Black)
2 — Toggles and Screws
1 — Winter Supply Shutoff
1 — Coupling with Tape Rings
1 — Balancing Orifice Kit includes (1) balancing cap, (1) 35% reducer. disk,,and (1)
50% reducer disk.
B. Installation of the Unico System for the Lounge shall be done in strict accordance
with the manufacturers recommendations. The Contractor shail contact The Unico
System prior to bidding the Project to confirm the requirements for the system and
shall acknowledge, that The Unico System manufacturer had been contacted priorto
bidding the project and acknowledges that The Unico System shall be coordinated
with the manufacturer to assure proper installation and performance.
2.07 SELF -NOISE OF GRILLES; REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS`
A. General:
1. Grilles, diffusers and registers shall be tested to, and comply, with,
requirements of this specification.' Representative.samples.shall be
AIR INLET AND OUTLETS, ( 15935 - 3
La'Cuinta Resort— Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
subjected to tests in accordance with applicable standards and procedures
in order to demonstrate such compliance. A special test for this project is
not required if manufacturer has previous certified test results that can be.
1 made applicable to this Project.
B. .Test Conditions and Applicable Standards:
1. Sound power level measurements and calculations shall be made in
complete accordance with ASHRAE Standard 70-1991. Equivalent test and
_ calculation procedures may be substituted for the above procedures if
approved in advance by the Architect.
C. Specification:
1. The sound power levels of noise regenerated by grilles, diffusers and
registers shall not exceed the values given in the Schedule below when
operating. at the maximum design airflow conditions.
D. Submittals:
1. The results of the test shall be certified by an independent testing agency (or
a testing laboratory approved by the. Architect) and submitted to the
Architect for approval. The submittal shall include a complete description of
the test conditions, methods and procedures. t
E. General Criteria:
1. The sound power levels (PW Ls) of noise regenerated by each device shall
not exceed those listed in.the schedule below (dB re.10•;2 Watts).
a
-
Service
Maximum Allowable Re -generated Sound
Power Level dB re 10-12W
Octave Band Center Frequency
125
250
500
1.k
,2k
4k•
Private Dining
49
42
37
34
.32
31
Kitchen
54
47
42
39
37
36
Dining and Lounge Areas,
58
53
48
45
•43
42
Notes:
The above PWL limits apply to all registers, grilles or diffusers in the specified areas, both supply and return.
Install min. 5 feet of acoustical flexible duct (see separate specification) at connection to all supply
diffusers/registers/ grilles. Bends' in flexible duct must have a. minimum radius of curvature of 1.5 duct
,diameters.
AIR INLET AND OUTLETS . 15935 - 4
0
1
1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
'A. The exact location of ceiling diffusers, registers and grillesshall be as shown on the
reflected ceiling plans.
B. Provide grounds for duct connected ceiling diffusers where plaster or drywall is used
in ceiling construction.
C. Registers and grilles shall have sponge rubber or felt border gaskets.
D.. Devices located in rough textured finish ceilings shall be furnished with extra thick
gasket to make an airtight installation between ceiling surface and diffuser frame.
E. Finishes:
1. Ceiling diffusers, registers and grilles mounted in acoustic tile surface shall
have factory applied baked on enamel; color as selected by the Architect.
2. Sidewall outlets shall be baked aluminum enamel or electro-plated core and
factory prime -coated frame, as applicable.
3. Grilles and registers on painted surfaces shall have'baked prime coat.
F. Supply outlets to provide the required air throw and spread with no apparent drafts or
excessive air movement within space being supplied. Contractor shall. provide
necessary accessories to accomplish satisfactory air distribution. -
G. Outlets and Inlets in Toilet Rooms shall be natural anodized aluminum or electro-
plated frame and core, as applicable.
H. Where interior of ductwork is visible through an air outlet, inside of duct shall be
painted with a flat black primer or lining shall have black facing.
END OF SECTION
5
AIR INLET AND OUTLETS 15935 - 5
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
e
SECTION 15992 - PIPE SYSTEM TESTING
r
PART GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: r .
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General; Supplementary and Special
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work in this Section: Principal items include:
1. • Pressure test plumbing systems.
2. Pressure test refrigeration tubing (liquid and suction)
3. Sterilize domestic water systems.
B. Refer to other sections of these specifications for related work, which is not work of
this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes, specifications and standards
having jurisdiction.
1. UPC - applicable standards.
2. UBC - applicable standards.
3. NFPA -applicable standards.
B. Qualifications:
1. .. Perform tests to demonstrate integrity of the completed installation to the
approval of the Architect and all authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Owner's right to retesting:
a. Should the Contractor, refuse or neglect to make any tests to
demonstrate the integrity of the completed system, the Owner may
retain the services of an outside consultant to make all such tests
and their resulting adjustments and balance.
b. The costs for such services. will be deducted from the amounts
owing to the Contractor, and shall not be borne by the Owner.
PIPE SYSTEM TESTING, 15992 - 1
La Cuinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
'3.01.. TESTING PROCEDURE:
A. Furnish test pumps, gauges, equipment and personnel required and test as
necessary to demonstrate the integrity of the finished plumbing installation to the
satisfaction of the authorities charged with inspection, theArchitect and the Owner.
B. Tests shall be made in advance of closing -up walls and shafts, and prior to applying
insulation.
C. Pressure Tests:
- Gage Pressure at Test with/
Svstem Tested Start of Test Duration
Waste, Vent & Fill to highest Water/2 hours
Storm Drain point (min. section
no less than 10 ft.) .
DomesticWater 125 psi Water/4 hours
(Hot Water supply
and return and Cold Water)
Refrigeration Tubing Air Pressure/4
(Liquid and Suction) , 40 psi Hours — Soap
Test on Pressure
Drop
Automatic Fire Sprinkler
System (NFPA) 200 psi Water/4 hours
Natural Gas 40 psi Air Pressure/4 "
Hours—SoapTest
On pressure drop
Test valve bonnets for tightness. Test operation of valves at least once from closed -
to -open -to -closed position while valve is under test pressure. Test all automatic
valves for proper operation at the settings indicated. Test pressure relief valves at
least three times.
Test piping specialties for proper operation and confirm that air has been bled from
the water distribution,systems.
D. Remedial Repair: Failure of any pipe section to withstand the pressure standards
outlined above shall be'replaced or repaired at no.cost to the Owner.
1
E. The affected systems shall be re -tested in accordance with the standards notedi
above and if remedial repairs are require again, replacement or repair. shall be,
completed and. re -tested until the systems satisfactorily maintain pressure standards
noted.
PIPE SYSTEM TESTING 15992 - 2
La Quinta Resort —;Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
F. Repairs shall be complete within 48 hours following the failure of any pipe and/or
system, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Owner.
3.02 DOMESTIC WATER STERILIZATION
A. After domestic hot and cold water systems are installed and fixtures connected,
systems shall be flushed out and filled with water. Shut-off valve to water main shall
be closed, and fixture outlets opened slightly. A solution of sodium hypochlorite shall
be' introduced at the manifold connection located at service box.
B. Solution shall consist of one gallon of 5% sodium hypochlorite (Clorox, purex; or
energy bleach) to 200 gallons. of water. Solution shall be introduced by means of
pump until an orthotolidin test at each outlet shows residual chlorine. Solution shall
be allowed to remain in system 24 hours after which entire system of water piping
shall be flushed clean. ,
C. Certificatesof compliance shall be turned over to the Owner.
END OF SECTION ,
PIPE SYSTEM -TESTING 15992 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
SECTION 15993 - AIR AND WATER SYSTEMS BALANCING '
PART 1'- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:' 1
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of,this section. ;
1.02 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work in this Section: Principal items include:
1. Air systems balancing — Existing and New Systems
2. Water system balancing - Existing and New Systems .
3. Report dB readings of all rooms at the conclusion of the air balance
B. Refer to other sections of these specifications for related work; which is not work of
this section..
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes, specifications and standards
having jurisdiction.
1. AABC - Testing and Balancing Procedures.
2. AABC - Nationalstandards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation form
No. 81766.
B. Qualifications:
1. Perform tests to demonstrate integrity of the completed installation to the
approval of the architect and all authorities having jurisdiction.
2. The Air and Water Systems Balance Report shall be a comprehensive
Reportthat includes existing Fan Coil Units that were not modified as,partof
the scope of the Project.
3. Subcontractor for the scope of this work shall be independent ,of the
mechanical subcontractor. The mechanical subcontractor will not assume .
this work as part of their subcontract but will be bound to repair and/or make
necessary- adjustments as recommended by the Air/Water Balance
Subcontractor.
4: Make adjustments necessary to balance the completed systems in
accordance with the data shown on the Drawings.
AIR AND WATER SYSTEMS. BALANCE 15993 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
5. Owner's right.to retesting:
a. Should the mechanical subcontractor refuse or neglect to make any
adjustments necessary to demonstrate the integrity of the
completed systems, the Owner may retain the.services of an
outside contractor to make all such tests and their resulting
adjustments and balance.
b. The -costs for such services will be deducted from the amounts
owing to the subcontractor, and shall not be borne by the Owner.
5. As part of the final report, and following the water and air balance
adjustments the Subcontractor shall provide instrumentation to measure the
average dB level of the room and reportthat information as a Separate log
noting Room Number, Time of Day when noise level was recorded and
Average dB level of the Room.
6. The completed balanced systems shall be documented in a "Balancing
Report" and two copies shall be submitted to the Architect for approval.
1.04 AIR BALANCING
A. For each component of,the system, where applicable, make the following tests and
include data in the "Balancing Report".
1. Final air volume recorded' and required_ (see drawings for required air,
volumes) at each new and existing Fan Coil Unit and new Water Source
Heat Pump supply, return.and exhaust outlet.
2. Measured and required air quantity (in CFM) supplied by each supply fan
(including packaged units).
3. Measured and required air quantity (in-CFM) exhausted by each exhaust
fan.
4. Measured and required static pressure (suction and discharge) of each fan, ,
including packaged units and fans.
r 5. Motor speed; fan speed and input ampere reading of each fan, including
packaged units and fans.
6. Measured velocity on intake side of each'fan including packaged units and
fans.
B. Procedures: -
1. Make air test by means of Velometer or anemometer readings. Obtain air
outlet factors from manufacturer. and use according to manufacturer's
recommendations.
2. Make static pressure tests by means of pitot tube readings.
3. Make ampere readings by means of integrating watt or ampere reading.
AIR AND WATER SYSTEMS BALANCE '. 15993 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen and Lounge Restoration
C. Balance the air systems, including testing and retesting, as described above,
including system balancing,.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Applicable
PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Applicable ,
'END OF SECTION
AIR AND WATER SYSTEMS BALANCE
1 '
A,. RCH.ITECTU'RAL
SPECIFICAT�10'NS
1
MANUAL
�
La Quinta Resort
A%2 u r Kitchen - Fire Restoration T.I.
Job No. 4708
1
Z W U CITY OF LA
Q = QUINT : BUILDING & SAFETY DEPT.
V) -os7
�/ w a
L u — o DATE �' O BY
Ln
F-
LU
r
December 16, 2008 JAN 21 Zoos
4
By
. 1 6 J -
LU
LIO U
Ewa
LL ~ o
N
L1J U N '
� a
Peterson., Architecture & Associates, LLC
' Karsan Center `
9495 East,San Salvador Drive
Scottsdale, AZ 85258
Erik Peterson, AIA Principal
.Luis .Frausto, Sr. Project, Manager
480.477.1.111
480.451.3376 fax
n
La Quinta Resort —.Azur.Xitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
Peterson. Architecture & Associates
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1 —GENERAL CONDITIONS
011000 ' .,, SUMMARY
3 pages,
012100 ALLOWANCES
3.page's
012200 UNIT PRICES
1 page
012300ALTERNATES
2 pages
012600� .,..CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
3 pages
OT2900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES
3 pages
013100' PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
7 pages
013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
6 pages
013.300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
7 pages
014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
7 pages
015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
3 pages
016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
5 pages
017300 EXECUTION.
5 pages
017329 CUTTING AND PATCHING
4 pages
017419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 5 pages
017700 CLOSEOUT'PROCEDURES
5 pages
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
033300 ARCH ITECTURAL,CONCRETE
4 pages '
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
NOT USED
DIVISION 5 - METALS
054100 STRUCTURAL METAL;STUD FRAMING
4 pages
055000 METAL FABRICATIONS
3 pages
DIVISION 6 —WOOD, PLASTICS, & COMPOSITES
061600' ROUGH CARPENTRY
6 pages
064023 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
5 pages
DIVISION 7 — THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION
072100 ' BUILDING INSULATION
3 pages
079200 JOINT SEALANTS
6 pages
078400 ROUGH CARPENTRY
4 pages
DIVISION 8'-.OPENINGS
'081113. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND. FRAMES
6 pages'
08.1416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS
3 pages
061600 .WOO'D WINDOWS
6 pages
087100 ` DOOR HARDWARE
12 pages '
TABLE OF CONTENTS
t
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
088000 GLAZING
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
092900 GYPSUM BOARD
093000 TILING
095100 LAY -IN CEILING
097733 RFP WALL PANELS
099123 INTERIOR PAINTING
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Peterson Architecture & Associates
5 pages
4 pages
7 pages '
4 pages
3 pages 1
6 pages '
1
2
m
r
1
La. Quinta Resort Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.L.
Peterson Architecture &Associates
61
SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY'
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.' Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
+ Conditions and "other Division 01.Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY ;
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Work covered by the Con_ tract Documents.
2. Type of Contract. ,
3. Uses of Premises.
4. Owner's occupancy requirements.
5. Work restrictions.
6. Specification formats and conventions.
1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Project Identification: La.Quinta' Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I., 4708
1. Project Location: •49-499 Eisenhower Drive, La Quinta California
6. Owner: Pyramid -Project Management.
1. Owner's Representative: Bill Tom, Senior Vice President, One Post Office Square,
Suite 3100, Boston MA 02109
C.'• Architect: Peterson Architecture' and Associates,, 9495 East San Salvador Drive,
Scottsdale, AZ 85258, 480.477.111
1. Contact: Erik Peterson, AIA, Principal
2. Contact: Luis Frausto, Sr. Project Manager: ,
�..
D. The Work consists of the following:
1. The Work includes a commercial building fire restoration. This phase of the project
is for a commercial building fire restoration. This, phase of the submittal is for a
tenant improvement including new kitchen equipment, HVAC,"Plumbing, and
Electrical.
SUMMARY 011000 1 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1.4 TYPE OF CONTRACT
A. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. '
1.5 USE OF PREMISES ,
A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of premises for construction operations as
indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits. '
• B. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in area indicated. Do not disturb portions of
Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. ,
1. Limits: Confine constructions operations to Existing Kitchen and area directly -
around it as indicated in the drawings. '
a. Limit site disturbance, including earthwork and clearing of vegetation, to 40`
feet (12.2 m) beyond building perimeter; 10 feet (3 m) beyond surface '
walkways, patios, surface parking, and utilities less than 12 inches (300
mm) in diameter; 15 feet (4.5 m) beyond primary roadway curbs and main
utility branch trenches; and 25 feet (7.6 m) beyond constructed areas with '
permeable surfaces (such as pervious paving areas, storm water detention
facilities, and playing fields) that require additional staging areas in order to
limit compaction in the constructed area. '
2. Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy of Project site.
3. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways, loading areas, and entrances serving
premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency '
vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances. '
b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of
materials and equipment on -site.
C. • Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weather tight condition '
throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations.
Protect building and its occupants during construction period.
1.6 OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS ,
A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises during entire construction
period, with the exception of areas under construction. Cooperate with Owner during
construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the ,
Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits, unless
otherwise indicated.
1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or '
Y� I p
used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or
SUMMARY 011000 - 2 '
La Quinta Resort - Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates `
used. facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking. is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet (8
m) of entrances, operable windows; or outdoor air intakes.
1.8 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using
the 33-division format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system.
1. Division 01: Sections .in Division 01 govern the execution of the Work of all
Sections in the Specifications.
B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of
language and the intended meaning of certain -terms, words, and' phrases when used in
particular situations. These conventions are as follows:
1. 'Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract
Documents is abbreviated. Words and . meanings shall -be . interpreted as
appropriate. Words implied,, but not stated, shall: be inferred as the sense
requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be
interpreted as singular where applicable as the context, of Contract Documents
indicates.
2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the
Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be
performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may
be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be
fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted.
r
a. 'The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the
context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
J
END OF SECTION 011000
r
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 012100 - ALLOWANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the
following:
1. Contingency allowances
B. See Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for procedures for using unit prices.
C. See Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements". for procedures governing the use of
allowances for testing and inspecting. '
1.3 SELECTION AND PURCHASE
A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Owner Representative of
the date when final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an
allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work.
B. At Owner's Representative's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in
making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the
Work.
C. Purchase products and systems selected by Owner's Representative from the designated
supplier. ,
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the
form specified for Change Orders.
B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the
site for use in fulfillment of each allowance.
ALLOWANCES 012100 - 1
La Quinta
Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
C.
Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other
portions of the Work`
1.5
COORDINATION
A.
-Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work. Furnish templates as
required to coordinate installation.
1.6
ALLOWANCES
A.
Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by
Owner under allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery to Project site.
B.
Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling' at Project site,
labor, installation, overhead and profit,., and similar costs: related to products and
materials ordered by Owner under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract
Sum and .not part of the allowance.
1.7
CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES
A.
Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Owner's Representative for Owner's
purposes and only by Change Orders that rindicate amounts to be charged to the
allowance.
B.
Contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by
Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not part
of the Contract Sum. These costs include delivery, installation, taxes; insurance,
equipment rental, and similar costs.
C.
Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include
Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins.
D.
At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to
Owner by Change Order.
r
1.8
UNUSED MATERIALS
A.
Return unused. materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for
credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted'.
1. If requested by Owner's Representative, prepare unused material for storage by
Owner when it is not economically practical to return the material for credit. If
directed by Architect, deliver unused material to Owner's storage -- space.
Otherwise, disposal of unused material is Contractor's responsibility.
ALLOWANCES 012100 - 2 .
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects.
Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials
and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and
interfaced with related work.
3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 012100.
9
1
l
ALLOWANCES
012100 - 3
La Quinta Resort- Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
Peterson Architecture& Associates
SECTION 012200 - UNIT PRICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.
B. See Division 01 Section "Allowances" for procedures for using unit prices to adjust
quantity allowances.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders, stated on the Bid Form, as a price per unit
of measurement for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum
- by--appropriate-modification,- if- estimated- quantities -of- Work required- by: the- Contract -
Documents are increased or decreased.
T.3 PROCEDURES !
A: Unit. prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, '
applicable taxes, overhead, and profit.
B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to. individual Specification Sections for work that
requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit
prices are specified in those Sections.
C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work -in -place that
involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's
expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to•Contractor.
D. List of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included , in Part3. Specification Sections
referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit
price.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF"SECTION 012200
UNIT PRICES
012200-1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration, T.I.
Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 012300 - ALTERNATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. ^ Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined
in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from. the Base Bid amount if
Owner' decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be
completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described
in the Contract Documents.
1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract
Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the
Contract Sum.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate
work of the alternate into Project..
1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar
items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part
of alternate.
B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in
writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or
deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to
alternates.
C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
r
D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the
work described under each alternate.
ALTERNATES
012300 - 1
1 1 .
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION(Not Used)
END OF SECTION 012300
G
r
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
r
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and ,
processing Contract modifications.
B. See Division 01 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements for handling and '
processing allowances.
C. See Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements for using unit prices.
1.2 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK '
A. Owner's Representative will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes
in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. ,
1.3 PROPOSAL REQUESTS '
A. Owner -Initiated Proposal Requests: Owner's Representative will issue a detailed
description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the t
Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include
supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Proposal Requests issued by Owner's Representative are for information only. Do '
not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the
proposed change. ,
2. Within time specified in Proposal Request after receipt of Proposal Request, submit
a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract
Time necessary to execute the change. '
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs,
with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish
survey data to substantiate quantities. '
b. Indicate applicable taxes; delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts
of trade discounts.
C. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. '
d. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the
effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity
duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total '
float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.
. 1
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 1 '
La Quinta Resort = Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
B. Contractor -Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications
to the Contract, Contractor may .propose changes by submitting a request for a change
to Owner's Representative,
1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change.
on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate
the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products, required or eliminated and unit costs, with
total- amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey
data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of
trade discounts.
4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
5. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of
the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and
finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting
.an extension of the Contract Time.
6. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" if the
proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or
system specified.
C. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709 for Proposal Requests.
1.4 ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, -base each Change Order
proposal on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by
final measurement of work -in -place. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for
cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar
margins.
1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the
allowance.
2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution
of overhead costs and other margins claimed. .
3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed' in Change
Orders related to unit -cost allowances.
4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work -in -place by independent
quantity survey, measure, or count.
B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the
allowance described in the Contract Documents, .whether for the Purchase Order
amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit
claims within 21 days of receipt of the Change Order or Construction Change Directive
authorizing work to proceed. Owner will reject claims submitted later than 21 days after
such authorization.
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES I . 012600 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change
Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has
changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract
Documents.
2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or
lower -priced materials or systems of the some scope and nature as originally
indicated.
1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Owner's Representative will issue a
Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701.
1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Construction Change Directive: Owner's Representative may issue a Construction
Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs
Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change
Order.
1: Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the
Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the
Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of , work
required by the Construction Change Directive.
1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data
necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 012600
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES _
012600 - 3
1 1 C
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
SECTION 012900 -PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL,
Peterson Architectu,re.& Associates
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare
and process Applications for Payment.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by the Contractor allowing portions of the
Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing
Contractor's Applications for Payment.
1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT.-,
A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and
payments as certified by Owner's Representative.
1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
B. Payment Application Times: � The date for. each progress payment is indicated in the
Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered
by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement:
Y
C. Payment Application Forms: (To be provided by Owner's Representative.
4 D: Application' Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a
person authorized. to sign legal documents on, behalf of Contractor. Owner's
Representative will return incomplete applications without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's. Construction
Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change, Directives issued
beforeilast day of construction period covered by application.
E. Transmittal: Submit.3 signed and, notarized original copies of each Application for
Payment to. Owner's Representative by a method ensuring receipt within 48 hours.. One
copy shall include waivers, of lien and similar attachments if required.'
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording
appropriate information about application. -
PAYMENT PROCEDURES :°012900 - 1
1
o
La Quinta Resort — Azur.Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. 'Peterson Architecture & Associates
F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of
mechanic's lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising
out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application,
after deduction for retainage, on each item. '
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must
submit waivers. '
4. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable
to Owner.
G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede
or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
t
1. List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of Values.
3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). '
4. Schedule of unit prices.
5. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if -not final).
6. List of Contractor's staff assignments. ,
7. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
8. Copies of building permits.
9. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for '
performance of the Work.
10. Initial progress report.
11. Report of preconstruction conference. '
12. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of
Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent ,
completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete '
and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
I. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and
supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not '
limited, to the following:
1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.. '
2. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
3. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."
4. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." '
5. Evidence that claims have been settled.
6. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar
data as of '
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 2 I
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
7. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 012900•
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1
SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations '
on Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Coordination Drawings. ,
2. Project meetings.
3. Requests for Interpretation (RFIs). '
B. See Division 01 Section "Multiple Contract Summary" for a description of the division of
Work among separate contracts and responsibility for coordination activities not in this ,
Section.
C. See Division 01 Section "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation
and field -engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control '
points.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. RFI: Request from Contractor seeking interpretation or clarification of the Contract '
Documents.
1.3 COORDINATION '
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the
Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.
Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each
other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results
where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other
components, before or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure
maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different
components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required
maintenance, service, and repair of all components, including mechanical and
electrical.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1 '
La Quinta Resort.— Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures
required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of
attendees at meetings.
Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if`coordination of
their Work is required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative
procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid
conflicts and to ensure orderly ,progress of the Work. Such administrative activities
include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Preinstallation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.`
& Startup and adjustment of systems.
9. Project closeout activities.
D. CONSERVATION: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are
carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water and materials.
1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but- not actually
incorporated into;. the. Work., Refer to other Sections for disposition of salvaged
materials that are designated as Owner's property.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination .Drawings: Prepare ,Coordination 'Drawings if limited space availability
necessitates .maximum utilization of space for ,efficient installation of different
components or if coordination is required for installation of products and materials
fabricated by separate entities.
1. Content: Project -specific information, drawn accurately.to scale. Do not base
Coordination Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard
printed data. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Indicate functional,,and spatial relationships of .components of architectural,
structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems.
b. .Indicate dimensions shown on the Contract Drawings and make specific
note of dimensions that appear to be .in conflict with submitted equipment
and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to
Owner's Representative for resolution- of. such conflicts. Minor dimension
changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the
Contract.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
2. Sheet Size: At least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm) but no larger than 30
by 40 inches (750 by 1000 mm). '
3. Number of Copies: Submit two opaque copies of each submittal. Owner's
Representative will return one copy.
4. Refer to individual Sections for Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in '
those Sections.. P
1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS 1 '
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless
otherwise indicated. J ,
1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose
presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and '
Owner's Representative of scheduled meeting dates and times.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited
attendees. '
3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the
meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Owner's
Representative, within three days of the meeting. '
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting
construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Owner's Representative, but no later '
than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or
another convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and
personnel assignments. ,
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Representative, and
their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors;
suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All ,
participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to
conclude matters relating to the Work. '
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
following:
a. Tentative construction schedule. ,
b. Phasing.
C. Critical work sequencing and long -lead items.
d. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. '
f. Procedures for RFIs.
g. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. '
h. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
i. Submittal procedures.
j. Preparation of Record Documents. '
k. Use of the premises and existing building.
I. Work restrictions.
M. Owner's occupancy requirements. '
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 3 '
La Quinta Resort - Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
n. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
o. Construction waste management and recycling.
p. Parking availability.
q. Office, work, and storage areas.
r., Equipment deliveries and priorities.
S. First aid.
t. Security.
U. Progress cleaning.
V. Working hours.
3. . Minutes: Record and distribute meeting minutes.
C. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings of regular intervals. Coordinate dates
of meetings•with preparation of payment requests.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Owner's Representative,
each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity 'concerned with current
progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities
shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be
familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review. and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting.
Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for
discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: ,Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine whether each activity is on time,. ahead of schedule, or behind
schedule, in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule: Determine how
construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from
parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required
to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the
Contract Time.
1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the:
,following:
1) Sequence of operations.
2) Status of submittals.
3) Deliveries.
4) Temporaryfacilities and controls.
5)' Work hours.
6) Hazards and risks. '
7) Progress cleaning.
8) Quality and work standards.
9) Status of correction of deficient items.
10) Field observations.
1 1) RFIs.
12) Status of proposal requests.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 4
La Quints Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
13) Pending changes.
14) Status of Change Orders. ,
15) Pending claims and disputes.
16) Documentation of information for payment requests.
3. Minutes: Record the meeting minutes. '
4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties
who should have been present.
a. Schedule
Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each '
progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or
recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each '
meeting.
1.6 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIs) I
A. Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract ,
Documents, and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and
submit an RFI in the form specified.
1. RFIs shall originate with Contractor. RFIs submitted by entities other than ,
Contractor will be returned with no response. -'
2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in '
Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation
and the following: I
1. Project name. '
2. Date.
3. Name of Contractor.
4. Name of Owner's Representative
5. RFI number, numbered sequentially. '
6. Specification Section number and title -and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
7. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
8. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. '
9. Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) 'impact the Contract
Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
10. Contractor's signature. '
11. Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product
Data, Shop Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items
needing interpretation. '
C. Hard -Copy RFIs: CSI Form 13.2A.
1. Identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page '
number.
1
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 5
"
La Quinta Resort— Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. ,Peterson Architecture & Associates
D. Owner's representative's Action: Owner's representative's will review each RFI,
determine action required, and return it. Allow seven working days for Owner's
Representative's response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m. will be considered
as received the following working day.
The following RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for. approval of submittals.
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
c. Requests for coordination information already .indicated in the Contract
Documents.
d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
e. Requests for interpretation of Owner's Representative's actions on submittals.
f. Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors.
2: Owner's representative's action may include a request for additional information,
in which case Owner's Representative's time for response will start again.
3. Owner's representative's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract
Time or the ,Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change
Proposal according to Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures."
a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time
or the Contract Sum, notify Owner's representative's in writing within 10
days of receipt of the RFI response.
E. On receipt of Owner's representative's action, update the RFI log and immediately
distribute the RFI response -to affected parties. Review response and notify Owner's
representative's within seven days if Contractor disagrees.with response.
F. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI
number. Submit log weekly. Use CSI Log Form 13.26.
1. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Owner's Representative.
4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted.
5. RFI description.
6. Date the RFI was submitted.
7. .Date Owner's Representative's response was received.
8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change
Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.
9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal
Request, as appropriate.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 6
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
Peterson Architecture & Associates
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
}
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 013100
0
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
013100 - 7
La Quinta Resort— Azur Kitchen .Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the
progress of construction during performance of the,Work, including the following:
1. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Submittals Schedule.
3. Daily construction reports.
4. Field condition reports.
B. See Division 01 Section "Multiple Contract Summaryfor preparing a combined
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
C. See Division 01 Section "'Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values.
D. See Division 01 Section ."Photographic Documentation" for submitting construction
photographs.
1.2. DEFINITIONS
A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling,
monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction
schedule consume time and resources.
1. Critical activities are activities on the critical path. IThey must start and finish on
the plann'ed early start and finish times.
2. Predecessor Activity:' An activity that precedes another activity in the network.
3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.
B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method 'of planning and scheduling a
construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships.
Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of
Project.
C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain -of interdependent 'activities through the
network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and .contains no
float.
D. Float: The measure of leeway.in starting and completing an activity.
1. Float time belongs to Owner.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
E. Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller
activities for greater detail.
F. Major .Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant
construction element.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals Schedule: Submit three copies of schedule. Arrange the following
information in a tabular format:
1. Scheduled date for first submittal.
2. Specification Section number and title.
3. Name of subcontractor.
4. Description of the Work covered.
5. Scheduled date for Owner's Representative's final release or approval.
B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit two opaque copies of initial schedule, large
enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period.
1. Submit an electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, on CD-R, and
labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule
(Initial or Updated). and date on label.
C. Field Condition Reports: Submit two copies at time of discovery of differing conditions.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of
construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.
B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of
subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other
required schedules and reports.
1
1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from
parties involved.
2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and
schedule them in proper sequence.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 2
f
La Quinta Resort - Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
Peterson Architecture & Associates
C
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE
A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates
required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal,
ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.
1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values,
and Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's Construction
Schedule.
2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to
°date of Final Completion.
1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule, that
shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate .numbered activity for each
principal element of the Work. Comply with the following:
1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless
specifically allowed by Owner's Representative.
2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following
long .lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as
separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not
limited to, submittals, approvals, -purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.
3. Submittal Review Time: include review and resubmittal times indicated in
Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures in schedule. Coordinate submittal
review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.
4. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Substantial Completion, and allow - time for Owner's Representative's
administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
C. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule,
including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final
Completion.
D. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its
submission, prepare a time -impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of
the proposed change on the overall project schedule.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)
A. Gantt -Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt- ,
chart -type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for
commencement of the Work. Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule '
and whatever- updating and feedback was received since the start of Project.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first
workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. '
1. Indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time
bar. '
2.4 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE) '
A. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a computerized, cost -
and resource -loaded, time -scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work. '
1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be
accepted for use no later than 30 days after date established for commencement t
of the Work.
a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract '
shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable
completion dates, regardless of Owner's Representative's approval of the
schedule. '
2. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting
progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request
dates: '
3. Use "one workday" as the unit of time. Include list of nonworking days and
holidays incorporated into the schedule.
B. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. '
Using the preliminary network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable
critical paths. '
1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and
relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time '
frames for the following activities:
a. Preparation and processing of submittals.
b. Mobilization and demobilization. '
C. Purchase of materials.
d. Delivery. '
e. Fabrication.
f. Utility interruptions.
g. Installation. '
h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION,
013200 - 4 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur. Kitchen Fire Restoration T.l. Peterson Architecture & Associates .
2. Critical :Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim
completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with
Contract milestone dates.
3. Processing: Process data to produce output data, on a computer -drawn, time -
scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as
often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations -of the
Contract Time.
4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of,,network;,
locate paths with most float near the edges.
a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the
critical path.
C. Initial: Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a list ,of straight "early
start -total float" sort. Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the
following:
1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.
2. Description of activity.
.3. Principal events of activity:`
4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.
5. Early and late start dates.
6 Early and Fate finish dates.
7. Activity duration in workdays.'
8. Total float or slack time.
9. Average size of workforce.
D. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to. schedule, prepare tabulated
reports showing the following:
1. Identification of activities that have changed.
2. Changes in early and late start dates.
3. Changes in early and late finish dates.
4. Changes in activity durations in workdays.
5. Changes in the critical path.
6. Changes in total float or slack time.
7. Changes in the Contract Time.
2.5 REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report .recording the following
information concerning events at Project site:
1. List of subcontractors at Project site.
2. Equipment at Project site.
3. Material deliveries
4.' High and low temperatures and general weather conditions.
5. Accidents.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 5
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1'
-
6. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
7. Meter readings and similar recordings. '
8. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
9. Services connected and disconnected.
10. Equipment or system tests and startups. '
B. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field
conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit
with a request for interpretation on CSI Form 13.2A. Include a detailed description of '
the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract
Documents.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to '
reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each
regularly scheduled progress meeting. '
1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions
have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the '
report of each such meeting.
.2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but
not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity '
durations.
3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.
B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Owner's representative, separate '
contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor
with a need -to -know schedule responsibility.
1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. '
2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and
post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have '
completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in
performance of construction activities.
END OF SECTION 013200
• •r
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 6 '
La Quinta Resort.—_Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART] - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. '
1.. See Division 01 Section '"Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting
schedules and reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. See Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for.submitting test and inspection
reports.
.3. See Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties.
4. See Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting
operation and maintenance manuals.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Owner's
Representative's responsive action.
B. Informational Submittals: ' Written'. information that does not require Owner's
Representative's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with
requirements. "
1.3 SUBMITTAL. PROCEDURES
A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings'of the Contract Documents will not be
provided for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation -and processi"ng of submittals with performance
of construction activities.
w
1. Coordinate each 'submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2._ Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work
so processing will not be delayed because of need to .review submittals
concurrently for coordination. r
a. Owner's representative reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal
requiring .coordination with other submittals until related submittals are
received. -
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
Peterson Architecture & Associates
C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in
Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and
performance of related construction activities.
Division 01 Section "Construction
time requirements for scheduled
D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for
resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Owner's representative
receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of
failure to transmit submittals enough in advance. of the Work to permit processing,
including resubmittals.
1. Initial Review: Allow 7 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional
time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Owner's
representative will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be
delayed for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same
manner as initial submittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 7 days for review of each resubmittal.
E. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
-1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches (150 by 200 mm) on label or beside
title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken
by Owner's Representative.
3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action
taken:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Name and address of Owner's Representative.
d. Name and address of Contractor.
e. Name and address of subcontractor.
f. Name and address of supplier. r
g. Name of manufacturer.
h. Submittal number or other. unique identifier, including revision identifier.
1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by
a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 061000.01).
Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal
point (e.g., 061000.01.A).
i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.' .
k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
F. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the
Contract Documents on submittals.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 2
La Guinta.Resot— Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I Peterson Architecture & Associates
G. Additional Copies: Unless -additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless
Owner's Representative observes- noncompliance with provisions in the Contract
Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal.
1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in • addition to specified
number,of copies to Owner's Representative.
2. Additional copies submitted for, maintenance manuals will not be marked with
action .taken and will be returned.
H. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling, Transmit.each,submittal using a transmittal form. Owner's representative will
discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor.
1. Transmittal Form: Use AIA Document G810.
I. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial
submittal.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal..-
2.. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and, clearly indicate extent,
of -revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked "Approved" or "Approved as noted
J. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, /
suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary.
for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
K. Use ,for Construction: - Use only final, submittals with mark indicating "Approved" or
"Approved as noted"taken by Own er's..Rep rese ntative. J
PART, 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification
Sections.
B. Product . Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of
construction and type -of product or equipment.
1. If information must be -specially prepared for submittal because standard printed
ti data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
2. Mark eachcopyof. each submittal to show which products and options are
applicable.
3. Include the following information, 'as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's written recommendations.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
C. Manufacturer's installation instructions. '
d. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
e. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals
4. Submit.Product Data before or concurred with Samples. '
5. Number ' of Copies: Submit three copies of Product Data, unless otherwise '
indicated. Owner's Representative will return two copies. Mark up and retain one
returned copy as a Project Record Document.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not '
base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed
data.
1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the '
following information, as applicable:
a. Dimensions.
b. Identification of products.
C. Fabrication and installation drawings.
d. Roughing -in and setting diagrams.
e. Wiring diagrams showing field -installed wiring, including power, signal, and
control wiring.
f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions.
g. Templates and patterns.
h. Schedules.
i. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
j. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
k. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit
Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm) but no
larger than 30 by 40 inches (750 by 1000 mm).
3. Number of Copies: Submit three opaque copies of each submittal. Unless copies
are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Submit three copies where
copies are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Owner's
representative will retain two copies; remainder will be returned. Mark up and
retain one returned copy as a Project Record Drawing.
D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of
these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics
between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories
together in one submittal package.
2. Identification: Attach label .on unexposed side of Samples that includes the
following:
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 4 ,
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
Peterson Architecture & Associates
a
2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim
completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with
Contract milestone dates.
3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer -drawn, time -
scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as
often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the I"imitations of the
Contract Time. -
4. Format: Mark the critical path. .Locate the critical path near center of network;
locate paths with most float near the edges.
a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the
critical path.
C. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a list of straight "early
start -total float" _ sort. 'Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the
following:
1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.
2. Description.of activity.
.3. Principal events,of activity.
4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.
5. Early and late start dates.
6. Early and late finish dates.
7.. Activity duration in workdays.
8. Total float or slack time.
9. Average size" of workforce.
D. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated
reports showing the following:`
1. Identification of activities that have changed.
2. Changes in early and late start dates.
3. Changes in early and late finish dates.
4. Changes in activity durations in workdays.
5. Changes in the'critical path.
,6. Changes in total float or slack time.
7. Changes in the Contract Time.
2.5 REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports:.. Prepare a daily construction report recording the following
information concerning events at Project site:
1. List of subcontractors at Project site.
2. Equipment at Project site.
3'. Material deliveries.
4. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions.
5. Accidents.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 5
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
Y
6. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
7. Meter readings and similar recordings. '
8. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
9. Services connected and disconnected.
10. Equipment or system tests and startups.
B. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field
conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit ,
with a request for interpretation on CSI Form 13.2A. Include a detailed description of
the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract
Documents. '
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to '
reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each
regularly scheduled progress meeting. '
1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions
have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the '
report of each such meeting.
2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but
not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity '
durations. ry
3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.
B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Owner's representative, separate
contractors testingand inspecting agencies, and other parties identified b Contractor '
p 9 9 � p Y
with a need -to -know schedule responsibility.
1. Post'copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. ,
2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the some parties and
post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have t
completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in
performance of construction activities.
1
END OF SECTION 013200
'
1
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 6 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur KitchenFire Restoration,T.l. Peterson Architecture &Associates
SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART,1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.'
1. See Division 01 Section "Construction, Progress .Documentation" for submitting
schedules and reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. See Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for'submitting test and inspection
reports.
3. See Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties.
4. � See rDivision 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance - Data" for submitting
operation` and 'maintenance manuals.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: - Written and ,graphic information that requires Owner's
Representative's responsive action.
B. Informational Submittals: Written information "that does not ;,..require Owner's
' Representative's responsive action. Submittals may be, rejected for not complying with
requirements.
�. 1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES '
A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the:. Contract Documents -will not be
provided for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.
B: Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance
of construction activities.
1. . Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, 'purchasing, testing, delivery; other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of 'submittals for related parts of the Work
so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals
concurrently for coordination. Y"
a. Owner's representative reserves the -'right to withhold action on'a submittal
•requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are
received. t
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES '013300 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1
C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction
Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled '
performance of related construction activities.
D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for ,
resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Owner's representative
receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of
failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing,
including resubmittals. '
1. Initial Review: Allow 7 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional
time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Owner's ,
representative will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be
delayed for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same '
manner as initial submittal.
3. . Resubmittal Review: Allow 7 days for review of each resubmittal.
E. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. '
1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. '
2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches (150 by 200 mm) on label or beside
title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken
by Owner's Representative. '
3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action
taken:
a. Project name. '
b. Date. J
C. Name and address of Owner's Representative.
d. Name and address of Contractor. '
e. Name and address of subcontractor. l
f. Name and address of supplier.
g. Name of manufacturer. '
h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by '
a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 061000.01).
Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal
point (e.g., 061000.01.A). '
i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
F. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the I
Contract Documents on submittals.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
La Quinta Resort.- Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
G. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless
Owner's Representative observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract
Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal.
1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified
number of copies to Owner's Representative.
2. Additional: copies submitted for maintenance manuals.will not be marked with
action taken and will be returned:
H. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling.. Transmit each submittal using a .transmittal form: Owner's representative will
discard submittals received, from sources other than .Contractor.
1. Transmittal Form: Use AIA Document G810.
I. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial
submittal.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal.
2. Note date and content of revision in.:label or title, block and clearly indicate extent
of revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are, marked "Approved" or "Approved'as noted".
J. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors,
suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary
for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
K. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark ,indicating "Approved" or
"Approved as noted" taken by Owner's Representative.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification
Sections.
B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of
construction and type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be "specially prepared for submittal because standard printed
data are not suitable for use;, submit as Shop Drawings; not as Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are
applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's written recommendations.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
C. Manufacturer's installation instructions. '
d. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
e. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals
4. Submit Product Data before or concurred with Samples.
5. Number ' of Copies: Submit three copies of Product Data, unless otherwise
indicated. Owner's Representative will return two copies. Mark up and retain one 1
returned copy as a Project Record Document.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not '
base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed
data.
1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the '
following information, as applicable:
a. Dimensions. '
b. Identification of products.
C. Fabrication and installation drawings. '
d. Roughing -in and setting diagrams.
e. Wiring diagrams showing field -installed wiring; including power, signal, and
control wiring. '
f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions.
g. Templates and patterns.
h. Schedules. '
i. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
j. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
k. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. '
2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit
Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm) but no ,
larger than 30 by 40 inches (750 by 1000 mm).
3. Number of Copies: Submit three opaque copies of each submittal. Unless copies
are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Submit three copies where
copies , are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Owner's '
i representative will retain two copies; remainder will be returned. Mark up and
retain one returned copy as a Project Record Drawing.
D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of '
these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics
between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. '
1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories
together in one submittal package. '
2. Identification: Attach label. on unexposed side of Samples that includes the
following:
1
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 4 ,'
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
a. Generic description of Sample.
b. Product name and name of manufacturer.
C. Sample source.
d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site;, available for
quality -control comparisons throughout the course.of construction activity. Sample
sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with
each set.
4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit 'manufacturer's color charts consisting of units
or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns
available.
a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color,
pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to bel selected from
manufacturer's product line. Owner's representative will return submittal .
with options selected.
E. Product Schedule or List: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a
written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended
location.' Include the following information'in tabular form:
1. Type of product: Include unique identifier for each product.
2. Number and name of room or space.
3. Location within room or space
4.
5. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of product schedule or list, unless
otherwise indicated. Owner's representative will return two copies.
a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as.a Project Record Document..
2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. General: 'Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification
Sections.
1. Number of Copies:. Submit three copies of each submittal, unless otherwise
indicated.: Owner's Representative will not return copies.
2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes
signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and
certifications shall be signed by'an officer or other individual authorized to sign
documents on behalf of that entity.
3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01
Section "Quality Requirements,.,"
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 5. .
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
B. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where
required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
C. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead
certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.
D. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
E. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents
manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines; and procedures for.installing or operating
a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone
number of manufacturer.
G. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory -
authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as
applicable:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory —authorized service
representative making report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their, acceptability for installation of
product.
3. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
4. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed
performance complies with requirements.
5. Statement whether conditions, products, and installations will affect warranty.
H. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs): Submit information to Owner's representative.
2.3 DELEGATED DESIGN .
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications
by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract
Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and
design criteria indicated:
1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required,
submit a written request for additional information to Owner's Representative.
B. Delegated -Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other
required submittals, submit three copies of a statement, signed and sealed by the
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 6
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to
Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.
1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in
the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in
performing these services.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and
for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions.
Mark with approval stamp -before submitting to Owner's Representative.
B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project
name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of
reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been
reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.'
3.2 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S ACTION
A. General: Owner's Representative will not review submittals that do not bear
Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without` action.
B Action Submittals: Owner's Representative will review each submittal, make marks to
indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Owner's Representative will
stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to
indicate action taken, as follows:
1. "Approved"
2. "Approved as noted"
3. "Rejected" .
4. "Not Reviewed"
C. Informational Submittals: Owner's Representative will review each submittal and.will not
return it, or will return it if, it does not comply with requirements. Owner's Representative
will forward each submittal to appropriate party.
D. Partial submittals are not 'acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be
returnedwithout review.
E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be- reviewed and may be
discarded.
END OF SECTION 013300
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 7
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance
and quality control.
B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve 'Contractor of responsibility for
compliance with the Contract Document requirements. •
C.
1. Specific quality -assurance and control requirements for individual construction
activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in
those Sections may also cover production of standard products.
2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other
quality -assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the
Contract Document requirements.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality -assurance and -control services
required by Owner's representative or authorities having jurisdiction are not
limited by provisions of this Section.
See Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
11
0
A. Quality -Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and
during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate
that proposed construction will comply with requirements.
B. Quality -Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and
after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work
and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract
enforcement activities performed by Owner's Representative.
C. Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed on -site. Mockups are used
to verify selections made under sample submittals, ,to demonstrate aesthetic effects and,
where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction,
coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples.
D. Laboratory Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed at testing facility I
to verify performance characteristics.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1
La Quinta' Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
E. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for the
Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work .to verify
performance or compliance with specified criteria.
F. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a
testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with industry standards.
G. . Source Quality -Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source,
i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop.
H. Field Quality -Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on -site for
installation of the Work and for completed Work.
I. Testing Agency: 'An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both.
Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
J. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an
employee, Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor, to perform a particular construction
operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
1. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities
must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding
generic" name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements
specified apply exclusively to trades people of the corresponding generic name.
K. Experienced: When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully
completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project;
being familiar with special requirements indicated; and ,having complied with
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.3 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. General: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards
establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels,
comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that
are different, but apparently equal, to Owner's representative for a decision before
proceeding'.
B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or -quality level shown or specified
shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply
exactly with the minimum quantity, or quality specified, or it may. exceed the minimum
within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values
are minimum or, maximum, as appropriate, for the context ,of requirements. . Refer
uncertainties to Owner's Representative for a decision before proceeding.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following: I
1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number. '
3. . Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. ,
6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. Identification of product and Specification Section. '
8. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
9. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and
testing and inspecting. •
10. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. ,
B. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits,
licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, '
receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents,
established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of
the Work. '
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE '
A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification
levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. '
B. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or
assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that -indicated for this Project, ,
whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service
performance.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems '
similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
D. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those '
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well
as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. '
E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in. providing '
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those
indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. '
F. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction
activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. '
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 3 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
n
Specialists shall satisfy, qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the
activities indicated.
1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and regulations
governing the Work.
G. Testing Agency Qualifications:: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the
experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented
according to. ASTM E 548; and with additional qualifications specified. in individual
Sections; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to
authorities.
1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.
2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary
Laboratory Accreditation Program. _
H. Factory -Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative
of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of
manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those
indicated for this Project.
1.6 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality -control services are indicated as Owner's
responsibility, Owner's. representative will engage a qualified testing agency to perform.
these services. f
1. Owner's representative r will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and
telephone numbers of testing agencies. engaged and a description of types of
testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform.
2. Costs for retesting and, reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by
work that failed .to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to
Contractor. ,
1
B. Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility.
Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality -control services specified. andthose required
by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality -control services required of Contractor
by authorities having, jurisdiction, whether specified or not.
1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility,, engage a qualified
testing agency to perform these quality -control services.
a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed
to in writing by Owner.
i
2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance. of time twhen Work that
requires testing or inspecting will be performed.
3. Where quality -control services are indicated' as Contractor's responsibility, submit
a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality -control service.
I
0
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract
Documents are Contractor's responsibility. '
5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having
jurisdiction, when they so direct.
C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory -authorized service '
representative to inspect field -assembled components and equipment' installation,
including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 01 '
Section "Submittal Procedures."
D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were
Contractor's responsibility, provide quality -control services, including retesting and ,
reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract
Documents.
E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Owner's representative and Contractor
in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and
inspections. '
1. Notify Owner's representative and Contractor promptly of irregularities or
deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. '
2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in -situ
tests are conducted.
3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether '
tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.
4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar
quality -control service through Contractor. ,
5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or
approve or accept any portion of the Work.
6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. ,
F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections,
and similar quality -control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as '
requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of
personnel. Provide the following:
1. Access to, the Work. ,
2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. '
4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by ,
testing agency.
7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at
Project site. '
QUALITY REQUMEMENTS 014000 - 5 '
' 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate .required quality -
assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid, necessity of
removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtainingsamples, and similar activities.
1.7 SPECIAL TESTS.AND INSPECTIONS ) t
A. Special Tests. and Inspections: Owner's representative will engage a,qualified testing
agency and/or special inspector to conduct special tests and inspections required by ,
authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner, and as follows:
1. Verifying -that .manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication ; and quality -control r
procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to,
perform the Work.
2. Notifying Owner's Representative and Contractor' promptly of irregularities and
deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.
3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-
- control service to Owner's Representative with copy to Contractor and .to,
authorities having jurisdiction.
4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial
Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.
5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested* and
inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents,
6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
K ,
3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION -LOG
A. Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:
1. Date test or inspection was conducted.
2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.
3� Date test or inspection results were transmitted to, Owner's Representative.
4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.
B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and modifications as they occur. Provide
access to test and inspection log,for Owner's representative during. normal working
hours.
QUALITY -REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 6
f
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
3:2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services,
repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Specification Sections. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into
adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible.
2. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 01 Section'"Cutting
and Patching."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality -control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for quality -control services.
END OF SECTION 014000
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 7
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes -requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security
and protection facilities.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas
for construction personnel.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
r
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Portable Chain -Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm), 9-gage, galvanized steel,
chain -link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with galvanized steel pipe posts;
minimum 2-3/8-inch- (60-mm-) OD line posts and ,2-7/8-inch (73-mm-) OD corner
and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- (42-mm-) OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete
bases for supporting posts.
B. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 06 Section "Rough
Carpentry."
C. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections
2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES,
A. Field Offices, General: `Prefabricated or -mobile units with serviceable finishes,
temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal. loading.
B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to
accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.
1. Store combustible materials apart from building.,
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 -1
ry
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum '
interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by
progress of the Work.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until '
,facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed
permanent facilities. '
3.2 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION '
A. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site
enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering I
site except by entrance gates.
1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined '
sufficient to accommodate construction operations.
2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to
authorized personnel. Provide Owner with one set of keys.
B. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially '
completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized
entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. '
C. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in
progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, '
and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, I
insulate temporary enclosures.
D. Temporary Partitions: Provide floor -to -ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt ,
migration and to separate areas occupied by Owner from fumes and noise.
3.3 i OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL '
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. 'To minimize waste
and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses..
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve
indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. '
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 2 1
La Quinta Resort - Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and '
protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has
ended, when it has been replaced by authorized .use of a permanent facility, or no later
than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction
that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair
damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be
satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of
Contractor. 'Owner reserves right. to take possession of Project identification signs.
2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during
construction period. Comply 'with, final cleaning requirements specified in
Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION 015000
9
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000 - 3
1\
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section -includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of ,
products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers'
standard warranties on products; special warranties;. product substitutions; and
comparable products. ,
B. See Division 01 Section "Closeout, Procedures" for submitting warranties for Contract
closeout. '
C. See Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for warranties, on
products and installations specified to be warranted. ,
1.2 DEFINITIONS '
A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for
Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms ,
material,"
equipment, system, and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including '
make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's
published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another '
project or facility, except that products consisting of recycled -content materials are
allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from
other projects are not considered new products.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through '
submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the
indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance,
physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed I
those of specified product.
B. Substitutions: Changes in .products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction '
from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
016000 - 1 ,
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify
product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification
Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
l . Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1 A.
2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions' and the
following, as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided.
b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications
needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner
and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed
substitution.
C. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with
those of the Work -specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such
as performance, weight, size, durability,'visual effect, and specific features
and requirements indicated. '
d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and
fabrication and installation procedures.
e. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of Owner's Representative's and
owners.
f. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule `using proposed
substitution with products specified for the Work, including` effect on the
overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot
be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on
manufacturer's letterhead,,stating lack of availability or delays in delivery.
g. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract
Sum. I . < 7,
h. Contractor's certification that proposed' substitution complies with
requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications
indicated.
i.. Contractor's waiver of- rights to additional payment or time. that may
subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution
to produce indicated results.
3. Owner's Action: If necessary, Owner's representative will request additional
information or documentation for evaluation within 5 days of receipt of a request
for substitution. Owner's Representative will notify Contractor of acceptance or
rejection'of proposed substitution within 10 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of
receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.,
a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order.
b. Use product specified if Owner's Representative cannot make a decision on
use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.
q
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1.4 ' QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more '
products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products
previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, t
deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Delivery and Handling: ,
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent '
overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for
items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to '
deterioration, theft, and other losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's
original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and '
instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents
and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
C. Storage:
1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of '
units.
2. Store materials in -a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a '
weathertight enclosure above ground,, with ventilation adequate to prevent
condensation.
4. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ,
ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage.
5. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.
1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, '
other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and
limitations on product. warranties do not relieve_ Contractor of obligations under '
requirements of the Contract Documents.
Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted. written warranty published by individual '
manufacturer fora particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer
to Owner.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 3 ,
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
2.- Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract
Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to
provide more rights for. Owner.
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and
identification, ready for. execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.
1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project. -specific information
and properly executed.
2. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and
particular requirements for submitting special warranties.
C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "'Closeout Procedures."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
A. General Product Requirements: Provide products .that comply with the Contract
Documents, that are undamaged, and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time
of installation:
1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items
needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard
options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced
and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.
3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not ,in
conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. .
4.. Where products' are accompanied by the term "as selected," Owner's
Representative will make selection.
5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be
matched is Owner's Representative's.
6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the
Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products.
7. Or Equal: Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term "
or equal" or " approved equal" or "_approved", comply with provisions in Part 2
" comparable products" article to obtain approval for use of unnamed product.
B. Product Selection Procedures: i
1. Product: Where Specifications name a single product and manufacturer, provide
the named product that complies with requirements.
2. Product' Options: Where Specifications indicate that sizes, profiles, and
dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a specific product or system,
provide the specified product or system. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product
Substitutions" Article for consideration of an unnamed product or system.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
i
Q
2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Timing: Owner's representative will consider requests for substitution if received within
60 days after commencement .of the Work. Requests received after that time may be
considered or rejected at discretion of Owner's representative.
B. Conditions: Owner's representative will consider Contractor's request for substitution
when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied,
Owner's representative will return requests without action, except to record
noncompliance with these requirements:
1. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy
conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities
Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include
compensation to Owner's Representative for redesign and evaluation services,
increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations.
2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents. '
3. 'Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce
indicated results.
4. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
5. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule.
6. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction.
7. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
8. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) ,
END OF SECTION 016000
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
r,
016000 - 5
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration. T.1.. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes general procedural requirements' governing execution of the Work
including, but not limited to, the following:
1. General installation of products.
2. Progress cleaning:
3. Protection of installed construction.
4. Correction of the Work.
B. See 'Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final . property survey with
Project Record Documents, recording of Owner -accepted deviations from indicated lines
and levels, and final cleaning.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other
construction indicated °as ' existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work,
investigate and verify the existence_ and location of mechanical and electrical systems
and other construction affecting the Work.
1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services.
B. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework,
investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other
construction affecting the Work.
1. Before construction, verify the, location and invert elevation at points of connection
of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water -service piping; 'and underground
electrical services.
2. Furnish location data for work related to. Project that must be performed by public
utilities serving Project site.
C. Acceptance of ..Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or
Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
EXECUTION 017300 - 1
r
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1. Verifycompatibility with and suitability of substrates including compatibility with '
P tY tY 9 p tY
existing finishes or primers. '
2. Examine roughing -in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual
locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.
3. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and '
systems are to be installed.
4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner's Representative that is necessary
to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other
utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities '
having jurisdiction.
B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as 'required to fit the Work properly. '
Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are
indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field
measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction '
progress to avoid delaying the Work.
C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown
diagrammatically on Drawings. '
D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need
for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Owner's ,
Representative. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with
recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. Submit requests on
CSI Form 13.2A, "Request for Interpretation." I
3.3 INSTALLATION ,
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment
and elevation, as indicated. '
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for '
maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing '
products in applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.
Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
v
EXECUTION - 017300 - 2 '
La Quinta Resort— Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I
Peterson Architecture & Associates
D. Conduct. construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging
operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce, harmful noise levels.
F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be
factory, prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that
adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with
indicated requirements.
G. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each
component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the
Work. _• ,
1. , Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components
at heights directed by Owner's Representative.
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and
directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor
bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or
masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
H. Joints: Make joints of uniform- width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not
indicated, arrange joints .for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to
form hairline joints.
I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners; and installation materials that are not
considered hazardous.
3.4 PROGRESS CLEANING
n
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate
progress cleaning for- joint -use areas where more than one installer has worked.
Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1, Comply with requirements in . NFPA 241 for removal of.' combustible waste
materials and debris. `
2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other
waste. Mark" containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to
regulations.
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for
proper execution of the Work. `
1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
EXECUTION
017300.3
I La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum
the entire work area, as appropriate.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written
instructions of manufacturer 'or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning
materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not
recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and
that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from.concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to
ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion:
G. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on -site will not be permitted. Washing
waste materials down sewers or. into waterways will not be permitted.
H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining
materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure
protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary
through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable
components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the
construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or
otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that` erisure installed Work is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. I
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
3.6. CORRECTION OF THE WORK '
A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and ,
finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching."
1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, '
touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating
' equipment.
B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
EXECUTION 017300 - 4 '
La Quinta Resort- Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. .Peterson Architecture & Associates
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 017329 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. '
B. See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable 1'
to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.
C. See Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for patching fire -rated construction. '
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 '
days before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to
proceed. Include the following information: ,
1. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and
indicate why they cannot be avoided. '
2. Changes to In -Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes
to structural elements and operating' components as well as changes in building's
appearance and other significant visual elements. '
3. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work.
4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
5. Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: List services/systems that '
cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services/systems that
will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how
long services/systems will be disrupted. '
6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to
structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing
integration of reinforcement with original structure. '
-7. Owner's Representative Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching
proposal before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later
require removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work. '
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Credit MR 1.3: Maintain existing interior nonstructural .elements (interior walls, '
doors, floor coverings, and ceiling systems) not indicated to be removed; do not
cut such existing construction beyond indicated limits.
B. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could
1
change their load -carrying capacity or load -deflection ratio.
CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329 - 1 '
La Quinta Resort— Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
C. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related
components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended
or that results in increased maintenance or -decreased operational life or safety:
D. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch .miscellaneous elements- or ' related
i --components in a manner that could change their load -carrying .capacity, that results in
reducing their capacity -to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance
or decreased operational life or safety.
E. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in
visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on
the exterior or in occupied spaces .in. -a manner that would, in Owner's Representative
opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that
has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or'
damaged during cutting and patching operations,- by methods and with'rnaterials,so as
not to void existing warranties:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 • MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. .
B. In -Place Materials: Use materials identical to in -place materials. For exposed surfaces,
use materials that visually.match in -place adjacent. surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, .use materials that, when
installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in -place materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
. r
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces 'to be cut and patched `and conditions under which cutting and
patching are to be performed.
1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of
substrates, including compatibility with in -place finishes or primers.
2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected:
CUTTING.AND PATCHING 017329 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture &Associates
3.2 PREPARATION '
A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. '
B. Protection: Protect in -place construction during cutting and patching to prevent
damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that '
might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free '
passage to adjoining areas.
D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing '
services/systems .are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such
services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting '
and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
1. Cut in -place construction to provide for installation of other components or '
performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore
surfaces to their original condition.
B. Cutting: Cut in -place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and' '
similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements
retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original '
Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not ,
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size
required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover
openings when not in use. '
2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed
surfaces.
3. Concrete: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond- '
core drill.
4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 31
Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. '
5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to
be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to
prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. '
6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar '
operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as
invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements
specified in other Sections.
CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329 - 3 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen ,Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonstrate integrity of installation. N
2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend- finish
restoration into retained adjoining construction 'in a manner that will eliminate
evidence of patching and refinishing.
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that 'are removed extend one finished
area into another, patch and ' repair floor and wall ' surfaces in the new space.
Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance:
Remove in -place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if
necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in -place ceilings as necessary to provide an
even -plane surface of uniform appearance. '
5. Exterior "Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores
enclosure to a weathertight condition.
D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed.
Completely remove paint; mortar,"oils, putty, and similar materials.
END OF SECTION 017329
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1. Salvaging nonhazardous construction waste.
2.- Recycling nonhazardous construction waste.
3. Disposing of nonhazardous construction waste.
B. See Division 02 Section "Selective Structure Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting
from partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements.
C. See Division 31 Section "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site
clearing and removal of above- and below -grade improvements.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste
resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction
waste includes packaging.
B. Demolition .Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition
or selective demolition operations.
C. Disposal: Removal -off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale,
recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in
preparation for reuse. '
E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse "in
another facility.
F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent
incorporation into the Work.
1.3 PERFORMANCE GOALS
A. Salvage/Recycle Goals: Owner's goal is to salvage and recycle as much nonhazardous
demolition and construction waste as possible.
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
017419 - 1 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture &' Associates
1. Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated above', salvage, or
recycle 100 percent of.the following uncontaminated packaging materials:
a. Paper ^'
4
b. -Cardboard • .
C. Boxes
d. Wood crates
e. Plastic Pails.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ,
A. Refrigerant Recovery. Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA -approved certification
program.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with ,hauling and disposal regulations of. authorities
having jurisdiction..
1.5 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. General: Develop plan consisting of waste identification and waste reduction work plan.
Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measurethroughout
waste management plan:
B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types bnd quantities of construction waste
generated by the Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates.,
C. Waste Reduction Work Plan:. List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged,
recycled, or disposed of- in landfill ,or, incinerator. Include points of waste -generation,
total quantity.of each type of waste, quantity, for each means of, recovery, and handling
and transportation procedures. -
1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse:. For materials that will, be salvaged and reused in
this Project, describe methods for preparing . salvaged materials before
incorporation into the Work.,
2.. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and
organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.
3. Salvaged.Materials for Donation: For materials that will .be donated to individuals
and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.
4. Recycled Materials: ' Include list of local receivers and processors and type of
recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone
number's.
5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of.
Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator
facility.
6. Handling and Transportation -Procedures: Include method that will be -used for
separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and
designated location on Project site where materials separation will be located.
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL n 017419 - 2
11
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture. & Associates
D. Cost/Revenue Analysis: Indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there was no waste '
management plan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing
waste management plan. Include the following: ,
1. Total quantity of waste'.
2. Estimated cost of disposal (cost per unit) Include hauling and tipping fees and cost
of collection containers for each type of waste. '
3. Total cost of disposal (with no waste management).
4. Revenue from salvaged materials.
5. Revenue from recycled materials. '
6. Savings in hauling and tipping fees by donating materials
7. Savings in hauling and tipping fees that are avoided.
8. Handling and transportation costs. Include cost of collection containers for each '
type of waste.
9. Net additional cost or net savings from waste management plan.
E. Forms: Prepare waste management plan on forms included at end of Part 3.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
. 1
3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION '
A. General: Implement waste management plan as approved by Owner's Representative. '
-Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as
required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the
Contract. '
B. Waste 'Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be
responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management '
work plan. Coordinator shall be present at Project site full time for duration of Project.
C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management '
procedures, as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site.
1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of
submittal return. '
2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on -site.
Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and '
disposal.
D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure
minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied '
and used facilities.
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 3 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1. Designate and label specific',areas on Project site necessary for separating
materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold.
2. ' Comply with Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling
dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control.
3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work:
1.. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until installation.
4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials
and equipment. Provide connections, supports, -and miscellaneous materials,
necessary to make items functional for use indicated.
B. Salvaged Items for Sale and/or Donation: Permitted on Project site.
C. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: .
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's' storage area on -site.
5. Protect'items from damage during transport and storage'.
3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL
A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on -site workers.
B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives
received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Owner.
C. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris.
Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical.
1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling. recyclable waste
until they are removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and
Unacceptable materials at each container and bin.
d. Inspect containers and .bins for' contamination and remove contaminated
materials if found.
2. Stockpile processed materials on -site without intermixing with other materials.
Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent
windblown dust.
d
i
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. - Peterson Architecture & Associates
`3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of t
remaining trees.
4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. '
5. Remove recyclable waste off Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver
or processor.
3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate '
lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials.
B. Metals: Separate metals by type. '
1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length.
2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware. ,
3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE '
A. Packaging:
1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store '
in a dry location. i
2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. t
3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets
from Project site. For pallets that remain on -site, break down pallets into
component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.
4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with
requirements for recycling wood.
3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE ' A. General:- Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, '
remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or
incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed '
of accumulate on -site.,
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent '
surfaces and areas.
B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. '
C. Disposal: Transport waste materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
END OF SECTION 017419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 5 '
La Quinta, Resort— Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I,
SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
Peterson Architecture & Associates
r
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,
including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspection procedures..
2. Warranties.
3. Final cleaning.
B. See Division 01 Section "Payment • Procedures" for requirements for Applications for
Payment for Substantial and Final Completion.
C. See Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning
requirements for the Work in those Sections. ,
1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial
Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.
1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of
items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.
2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements,
final certifications, and similar documents.
3. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner. unrestricted use of the Work and
access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates,
and similar releases.
4. Complete startup testing of systems.
5. Terminate and remove. temporary facilities from. Project site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation,
and maintenance.
7. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
8. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate
visual defects.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On
receipt of 'request, Owner's Representative will either .proceed with inspection or notify
Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Owner's Representative will prepare the
Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items,
either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Owner's Representative, that
must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
a
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1: Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous
inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. '
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final
Completion.
1.3 FINAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final ,
Completion, complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to -Division 01 Section "Payment '
Procedures."
2. Submit certified copy of Owner's Representative Substantial Completion inspection
list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by '
Owner's Representative. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has
been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
3. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of I
products, equipment, and systems.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On: receipt of
request, Owner's Representative will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor
of unfulfilled requirements. Owner's Representative will prepare a final Certificate for
Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed
or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work 'identified in previous I
inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
1.4 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) I
A.. Preparation: Submit 3 copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and
area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing '
correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the
limits of construction. Use CSI Form 14.1A.
11. Organize list of spaces ,in sequential order, starting with exterior areasfirstand '
proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for '
ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project Name. '
b. Date.
C. Name of Owner's Representative '
d. Name of Contractor '
e. Page Number.
1
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
017700 - 2 t
La Quinta Resort - Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1.5 WARRANTIES
A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Owner's Representative for
designated portions of the Work where commencement -of warranties,other than date of
Substantial Completion is indicated..
B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of
designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner
during construction -period by separate agreement with Contractor.
C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents
of the Project Manual.
1. Bind warranties and . bonds in. heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf
binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-
1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each separate warranty.
Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the
product.or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address,
and telephone number of Installer.
3. Identify each binder .on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
"WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.
D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance
manuals.
r
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS r
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or
fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially
hazardous to health or property or that`might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (not used)
3.1 FINAL CLEANING w
A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct_cleaningand waste -removal operations to
.comply with local, laws and. ordinances and Federal and local environmental, and
,antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or ' professional cleaners for final cleaning.
Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in 'an average commercial building
cleaning and maintenance program: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES , 017700 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for
certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: ,
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction
activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste ,
material, litter, and other foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and
other foreign deposits. '
C. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even -textured
surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material '
from Project site.
e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.
f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free '
condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid
disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces
to their original condition. '
g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs,
plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar
spaces.
,h. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap;
shampoo if visible soil or stains remain.
i. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and
windows. Remove glazing ,compounds and other noticeable, vision- '
obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged
transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch
surfaces. '
j. Remove labels that are not permanent.
k. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and
surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired ,
or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and '
electrical nameplates.
I. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar
equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and '
other foreign substances.
M. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. '
n. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including
stains resulting from water exposure.
o. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean '
exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.
p. Clean light fixtures, lamps,, globes, and reflectors to function with full
efficiency. Replace burned -out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by '
hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury
vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.
q. Leave Project clean and, ready for occupancy. '
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 4 1
a
La' Quinta Resort.— Azur'-Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
y �
C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury
debris or excess materials on Owner's property. -'Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or
dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site
and dispose of lawfully.
.4 e
END OF SECTION 017700
r
Y
v
i
1
t n
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 5 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
SECTION 033300 - ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
Peterson Architecture & Associates
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies cast -in -place architectural concrete including form facings,
reinforcement accessories, concrete materials, concrete mixture design, placement
procedures, and finishes.
B. See Division 03 Section "Cast -In -Place Concrete" for formwork; material, fabrication,
and installation requirements for steel reinforcement; and field quality control.
l
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples: For each of the following materials:
1. Form -facing panel.
1.3 - QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the
Contract Documents:
1. ACI 303.1, "Specification for Cast -in -Place Architectural Concrete."
B. Field Sample Panels: After approval of verification sample and before casting
architectural concrete, produce field sample panels to demonstrate the approved range
of selections made under sample submittals. Produce a minimum of 3 sets of full-scale
panels, cast vertically, approximately 30 by 30 by 6 inches (750 by 750 by 150 mm)
minimum, to demonstrate the expected range of finish, color, and texture variations.
C. Mockups: Before casting architectural concrete, build mockups to verify selections made
under sample submittals and to demonstrate typical joints, surface finish, texture,
tolerances, and standard of workmanship. Build mockups to comply with the following
requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM -FACING MATERIALS /
A. General: Comply with Structural specifications for "Cast -In -Place Concrete" for
formwork and other form -facing material requirements.
ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 033000 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur .Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
B. Form -Facing Panels for As -Cast Finishes: Distressed or weathered wood. Size and
spacing to achieve joint spacing as shown in drawings.
2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT AND ACCESSORIES
A. General: Comply with Structural specifications for reinforcement and accessories.
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS y
A. Cementitious Material: Comply -with Structural specifications for cementitious materials.
B. Aggregates: Comply with Structural specifications for aggregates.
C. Water: Comply with Structural specifications for water.
D. 'Admixture: Comply with Structural specifications for admixtures.
2.4 CONCRETE MIXTURES
A. Comply with Structural specifications for concrete mixtures.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK
A. General: Comply with Structural specifications for placing concrete.,
B. Fabricate forms for cast -in -place, architectural concrete that results in a finished
1 condition indicated in the drawings.
C. Do not chamfer exterior corners and edges of cast -in -place architectural concrete.
D. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete.
E. Place form liners accurately to provide finished surface texture indicated. Provide solid
backing and attach securely to prevent deflection and maintain stability of liners during
concreting. Prevent form liners from sagging and stretching'i"n hot weather. Seal joints
of form liners and form liner accessories to prevent mortar leaks. Coat form liner with
form -release agent.
3.2 REINFORCEMENT AND INSERTS
A. General: Comply with Structural specifications for placement of reinforcing and inserts.
t
ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 033000 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire. Restoration T.I.
3.3 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Peterson Architecture & Associates
1
A. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless '
approved by Architect.
B. Deposit concrete continuously. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.,. '
C. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1. Protect concrete work from physical
damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low ,
temperatures.
D. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301. '
3.4 FINISHES '
A. Architectural Concrete Finish: Match Architect's design reference sample, identified and
described as indicated, to satisfaction of Architect.
B. Scrubbed Finish: After concrete has achieved a compressive strength of from 1000 to
1500 psi (6.9 to 10.3 MPa), apply scrubbed finish. Wet concrete surfaces thoroughly '
and scrub with stiff fiber or wire brushes, using water freely, until top mortar surface is
removed and aggregate is uniformly exposed. Rinse scrubbed surfaces with clean
water. Maintain continuity of finish on each surface or area of Work. Remove only
enough concrete mortar from surfaces to match design reference sample or mockup. t
C. Bushhammer Finish: Allow concrete to cure at least 14 days' before starting
bushhammer surface finish operations. '
1. Surface Continuity: Perform bushhammer finishing in as continuous an operation
as possible, maintaining continuity of finish on each surface or area of Work. ,
Maintain required patterns or variances of cut as shown on Drawings or to match
design reference sample or mockup.
3.5 CONCRETE CURING
A. Begin curing cast -in -place architectural concrete immediately after removing forms from '
concrete. Cure according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of moisture -retaining -
cover curing methods that will not mottle, discolor, or stain concrete:
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL I
A. General: Comply with Structural specifications for field quality -control requirements.
' 1
ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 033000 - 3 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
3.7 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Repair and cure damaged finished surfaces of cast=in-place architectural concrete when
approved by Architect. Match repairs to color; texture, and uniformity of surrounding
surfaces and to repairs on approved mockups.
1. Remove and 'replace cast -in -place architectural concrete that cannot be repaired ;
and cured to Architect's approval.
B. Protect corners, edges, and surfaces of cast -in -place architectural concrete from
damage; use guards and barricades.
C. Protect cast -in -place architectural concrete from staining, laitance, and contamination .
during remainder of construction period.
END OF SECTION 033300 r
i
i
J
ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 033000 - 4•
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 054100 STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING
PART 1 GENERAL '
1.1 SUMMARY '
A. Section includes cold -formed steel stud framing and supplementary items necessary for
complete work required for their installation, including, but not limited to the following:
1. Exterior wall and other miscellaneous framing including accessories such as '
clips, stiffeners, bridging, bracing, and fasteners, and necessary steel
reinforcing members, stiffeners, bracing including anchorage to building
structure. '
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements: Design structural members in accordance with AISI "Specification '
for the Design of Cold -formed Structural Steel."
1. Maximum allowable deflection:
a. Walls receiving gypsum wallboard finishes: L/240. ,
b. Walls receiving plaster and.brittle finishes, including stucco: L/240.
c. Walls receiving brick and stone veneer: L/600.
2. Design system to provide for movement of components without damage, failure '
of joint seals, undue stress on fasteners, or other detrimental effects when
subject to seasonal or cyclic day/night temperature ranges. ,
3. Design system to accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building
structural members, and clearances of intended openings.
1.3 SUBMITTALS '
A. Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's Specifications, design data and installation
instructions. ,
B. Shop Drawings: Submit Drawings showing layout, dimensions and construction details.
C. Certificates: '
1. Submit Mill Certification with shipment to'verify chemical composition, yield
strength, tensile strength, elongation and coating thickness. Include listing of '
applicable ASTM standards specified in this section and comparison of ASTM
requirements to actual materials provided to jobsite.
2. Submit Manufacturer's certification that products furnished meet or exceed the '
specified design requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE '
A. Welding: Performed by certified welders in compliance with AWS D1.3 Structural
Welding Code Sheet Steel. '
B. Regulatory Requirements: Manufacturers shall have current CBC or CABO evaluation
report. r ,
STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING 054100 - 1 ,
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING'
Peterson Architecture & Associates
A. Exercise care during unloading, storage and erection to avoid damage. Dumping on
the ground is not permitted.
B. Support material stored at the site completely free of the ground, and cover to avoid
damage from the elements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Furnish products as manufactured by a manufacturing member of the Steel Stud i
Manufacturers Association (SSMA) www.ssma.com, subject to compliance with.
Specification requirements.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Studs, Track, Bracing and Bridging: Conform to ASTM C955,
1. ASTM A653, G60 hot -dip galvanized coating.
2. Minimum structural properties: In accordance with General Structural Notes.
B. Track: Channel shaped; same width as studs, for tight fit; 16 gauge solid web,
galvanized or painted to match studs.
C. Bracing, Furring, Bridging: Formed galvanized sheet steel; channel shaped. Provide
CRC - 1-1/2 inch x 16 gauge bridging.
D. Plates, Gussets, Clips:
1. Galvanized formed steel, thickness determined for conditions encountered,
Manufacturer's standard shapes.
2. Connector devices (VertiClip, DriftClip and StiffClip) as manufactured by the
STEEL Network, Inc. (TSN), Raleigh, NC (888) 474-4876
www.steelnetwork.com are acceptable.
E. Fasteners and Attachments:
1. Sheet metal: Self -drilling self -tapping `screws, type appropriate for attachment
detail requirements with penetration through joined materials not less than 3
exposed threads.
2. Anchorage devices to structural components: Power driven or powder actuated,
drilled expansion bolts, or screws, with sleeves.
F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards and as indicated on General
Structural Notes on Drawings.
STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING 054100 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I
2.3 FABRICATION
Peterson Architecture & Associates
A. Fabricate assemblies of framed sections of sizes and profiles required, with framing
members fitted, reinforced and braced to suit design requirements.
B. Fasten metal studs by welding or screw -fastening as indicated. Do not fasten framing
members by wire tying.
C. Fit and assemble in largest practical sections for delivery to site, ready for installation.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrimental
conditions in writing to Architect. Commencement of Work will be construed as
acceptance of subsurfaces.
B. Coordination: Coordinate with other Work which affects, connects with, or will be
concealed by this Work.
3.2 ERECTION
A. Install components in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions.
B. Align floor and ceiling tracks; locate to wall and partition layout. Secure in place with
fasteners or welding at maximum 24 inches. Coordinate installation of sealant with
floor and ceiling tracks.
C. Place studs at 16 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated on Drawings; not more than 2
inches from abutting walls and at each side of openings. Connect studs to tracks using
fastener method unless noted otherwise.
D. Construct corners using minimum three studs. Double stud at wall opening, door and
window iambs.
E., Erect load bearing studs one piece full length. Splicing of studs is not permitted.
F. Erect load bearing studs, brace and reinforce to develop full strength to meet design
requirements.
G. Extend stud framing to underside of floor or roof structure above.
H. Fasten metal studs by welding or screws -fastening as indicated. Do not fasten framing
members by wire tying.
STRUCTURAL METAL, STUD FRAMING 054100 - 3 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
I. Coordinate placement of insulation in multiple stud spaces made inaccessible after
erection.
J. Install intermediate studs above and below openings to match wall stud spacing.
K..Provide deflection allowance in stud track, directly below horizontal building framing
for non -load bearing framing.
L. Attach cross studs or furring channels to studs for attachment of fixtures anchored to
walls.
M. Install framing between studs for attachment of mechanical and electrical items, and to
prevent stud rotation.
N. Touch-up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: At Owner's request, Contractor shall provide spot testing of actual properties
of steel framing to verify compliance.with specifications.
r •
3.4 CLEANING
A. During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of excess
materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition.
END OF SECTION 054100
1
J
STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING 054100 - 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
Peterson Architecture & Associates
1.1 SUMMARY
A. - This Section includes the following:
1. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports.
B. See Structural specifications for structural steel framing.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications
and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection:
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
2.2 METALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes.
B. Ferrous Metals:
1. Cold Rolled -Steel supports.
2.3 FASTENERS
A. General: Zinc -plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5,
at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
v
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 1
.La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1 1
2.4 FABRICATION
A. General: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections
that maintain structural value of joined pieces.
" 1. , Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease
edges. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
2. Weld corners and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize
distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain
fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish
exposed :welds smooth and blended.`
3.w Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
4. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a
manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
5. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with
integrally welded steel strap anchors, not less than 24 inches (600 mm) o.c.
B. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide steel framing and supports not specified
in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. Fabricate units from cold rolled steel.
Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items.
2.5, ' FINISHES
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Finish metal fabrications after
assembly:
.E
B. Steel and Iron Finishes:
1. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous -metal surfaces to comply
with. requirements indicated below for environmental exposure conditions of
installed metal fabrications:
a. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): . SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
2. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications,
except those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete,
sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application
Specification No. -1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting," for shop painting.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 2 -
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION ,
A. General: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications.
Set metal fabrications accurately in location, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and
true. ,
1. Fit exposed connections accurately together. Weld connections that are not to be
left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded. Do not weld, cut, or abrade
surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication.
2. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to
be fastened to in -place construction.
3. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built
into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
B. Set bearing and leveling plates on cleaned surfaces using wedges, shims, or leveling
nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts
and pack solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.
C. Touch up surfaces and finishes after erection.
1. Painted Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and
touch up paint with'the same material as used for shop painting.
END OF SECTION 055000
METAL FABRICATIONS
j
1
055000 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. - Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 061000 -ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section. Includes: Rough carpentry including, but not limited to:
1 Dimensional Lumber Framing
2 Furring
3 Sheathing
4 Beams
5 Posts and Columns
6 Plywood telephone and electrical backer boards
7 Miscellaneous backing, blocking, .nailers and curbs.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit technical data for wood preservative and fire retardant products.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
' A: Identify each -piece of lumber or plywood ,used for structural framing with grade and
trade mark of a lumber grading organization. Trade. mark of manufacturer shall also
appear on each piece.
B. Grading Rules: Conform with applicable requirements of American Lumber Standards
"Simplified Practice Recommendation R-1.6" and to grading rules of manufacturer's as-
sociation under whose rules the lumber is.,produced.
'C. Standards: Conform with requirements of The Engineered Wood Association, U. S.
Dept. of Commerce Commercial Standards and American Wood Preservers Institute
Standards (www.preservedwood.com), as they apply.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING.
A. Packing and Shipping: Deliver materials,to site in manufacturer's original unopened
packaging with labels intact.
B. Storage: Store off ground to assure adequate ventilation, and protect against damage
while stored at the site.
C. Handling: Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Store materials for which a maximum moisture is
specified in areas where humidity can be controlled.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061600 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
PART 2 PRODUCTS '
2.1 LUMBER MATERIALS '
A. Species: Douglas Fir — Larch, Hem Fir graded in accordance with Standard Grading
and Dressing Rules of WCLIB. Framing lumber shall be stress grade. All sides shall be sur-
faced. '
B. Lumber Grades: As follows unless noted differently on the Structural Drawings:
1
One inch boards: Construction.
2
2 x 4 studs, sills, plates, etc.: Stud Grade. ,
3
Other framing lumber, 2 to 4 inches thick: Number 2 or better.
4
Beams, 5 inches and over in least dimension: Number 1 or better.
5
'
Beams, where so noted on Drawings: Select Structural.
6
Posts and columns, 5 inches and over in least dimension: Select Structural.
7
Misc. blocking, bridging, etc: Utility.
8
'
Grounds and furring: Construction Grade Douglas Fire or No. 2 White Pine.
C. Moisture Content:
1.
Lumber shall be air-dried or kiln -dried. '
2.
At time of installation, moisture content, expressed as a percentage of the weight of
the oven -dry wood, shall not exceed 19 percent for lumber of up to two inches no-
minal thickness and 15 percent for exterior trim and siding. '
3.
Moisture content of lumber over two inches nominal thickness shall conform to the
rules of the association under which it is graded.
2.2 SHEATHING MATERIALS ,
At General:
1. Panel thickness and identification index shall be as shown on the Drawings and as ,
specified and shall also be stamped on each piece of sheathing.
2. Design of project is based upon plywood sheathing, however, OSB Board may be
substituted for plywood if is conforms,to all requirements for plywood installed in '
like locations.
3. Plywood (or OSB Board if allowed) which has an edge or surface permanently ex-
posed to the weather shall be exterior type. '
B. Plywood: Each panel of softwood plywood shall be identified with the APA grade -
trademark and shall meet the requirements of PS-1-83 for softwood plywood.
C. Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting of telephone and electrical equipment, provide t
Grade C-D Exposure 1 plywood panels, 15/16 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated.
D. OSB Board: '
1. Raw materials used in panel shall be manufactured from wood products conforming
to ANSI A201.1.
2. Each piece shall be stamped in accordance with American Plywood Associations '
(APA) grade rules and shall meet requirements of latest edition of U.S. Product stan-
dard for Softwood Plywood.
3. Provide Grade 2-M-W or 2-M-F as required for thickness and application. ,
4. OSB Panels used as floor sheathing or in any location which would leave board ex-
posed to weather, shall have Structural 1, Exposure 1 rating.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061600 - 2 '
La Quinta Resort— Azur, Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. . Peterson Architecture & Associates
2.3 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT
A. Preservative Treatment:
1. Materials:
a) Chromated copper arsenate (CCA) shall not be allowed.
b) Provide ammoniacal copper quaternary (ACQ) or copper boron azole
(CBA) as produced by the following manufacturers:
1) Arch Wood Protection; Inc., Smyrna, GA (866) 789-4567,
www.wolmanizedw,00d.com or www.naturalselect.com.
2) Chemical Specialties,, Inc., Charlotte, NC (800) 421-8661, www.treatedwood.com
3) Osmose, Inc., Wood Preserv.ing Division, Griffin, GA (800) 2410240,
www.osmose.com..-
2. Locations Required:
a) Wood sillplates and ledgers bolted in direct contact with concrete or masonry,
located at or below grade only shall be pressure treated lumber.
b) Blocking occurring on top of or above the roof deck, including the nailer be-
neath the flashing at parapet caps, shall be treated lumber.
c) Other locations as required by Code.
B. Fire -Retardant Treatment: Hickson .Corp., www.wolmanizedwood.com, Dricon FRTW, or
Hoover Treated Wood Products www.frtw.com, Pyro-Guard; in accordance with UL label.
1. Where required by code, wood studs, plates, sheathing; blocking, etc. shall be
pressure treated.
2. Dimensioned lumber shall be kiln dried to a maximum moisture content of 18
percent before and after milling and fire protective treatment.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Nails:
1.. Common wire, galvanized for exterior Work, meeting ASTM F1667 of the sizes
indicated on the Drawings.
2. Ring shank nails shall.be used at plywood subflooring.
B. Screws: Standard domestic manufacture, bright steel, except galvanized for exterior
use and of brass, bronze, aluminum or stainless steel when used to attach items made
of those materials. Screws used for attaching interior trim and finish to drywall parti-
tions shall be Type S self -drilling, self -tapping corrosion resistant coated steel drywall
screws of required lengths as specified in Section 09'29 00. .
1. Screws used for attaching preservative .treated wood shall be Type S� self -
drilling; self -tapping corrosion resistant coated steel screws. Acceptable products
include the following:
a) DEC -KING Exterior Wood Screw with Climacoat.
b) Tapcon Concrete Anchor with Blue Climaseal or White UltraShield.
c) Wood -To -Metal TEKS with Grey Spex.
d) ' Roofgrip with Spex or Blue Climaseal.
e) GY-FAST Nail with Climacoat.
f) Maxi -Set Tapcon White' UlfroShield.
C. Bolts: Standard.mild steel, square head machine bolts with square nuts and malleable
iron or steel plate washers or carriage bolts with square nuts and cut washers as indi-
cated. Bolts, nuts and washers, wholly or partially exposed on exterior shall be
galvanized.
ROUGH CARPENTRY
061600 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
■
D. Structural Bolts: Machine bolts, or carriage bolts, of structural grade steel with square
nuts, conforming to ASTM A307. '
E. Steel plates and angles: ASTM A36, galvanized after fabrication.
F. Lag screws, shear plates and split ring connectors: Conform to requirements of the ,
"National Design Specifications for Stress Grade Lumber and its Fastenings" of Nation-
al Forest Products Association.
G. Framing anchors and joist hangers: Simpson Company products or similar devices as '
approved by Structural Engineer through Architect and noted on Drawings.
H. Power driven inserts: Ramset, or as approved by Structural Engineer through Architect
meeting FS GGG-D-777a. Install as per manufacturer's printed directions. Charge '
shall be powerful enough to prevent spalling of concrete.
I. Galvanizing: ASTM A653. '
J. Toggle Bolts: FS FF-B-588.
K. Fabricated Connections:
1 Sheet metal galvanized of size and type shown on Drawings. ■
2 Structural Steel: ASTM A36. Welding by qualified welders in conformance with
AWS D1. One shop coat of paint per Federal Specification TT-P-86, Type II to, '
parts not embedded.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 FRAMING
A. Coordination: Install wood framing making proper provisions for Work of other '
trades. Cut wood required to accommodate plumbing, heating and ventilating,
electrical and other trades. Fit neatly around exposed items, as outlet boxes, conduit, '
pipes and ducts. Protect adjacent Work. Before proceeding with rigid sheathing, make
certain. required inspections have been made by Building Official.
B. Structural Members: No cutting, notching or drilling without prior approval of the
Structural Engineer through the Architect. '
C. Wood Backing: Provide wood backing, furring, stripping or blocking indicated or re-
quired for installation and attachment of work of other trades. Provide fire -proofed '
wood backing approved by Building Official where required by Code in
noncombustible or fire -rated construction.
D. Connections: Subdrill where necessary to avoid splitting. '
E. Bolts: Drill bolt holes 1/32 inch larger than bolt diameter. Use square plate or mallea-
ble iron washers under heads and nut where they bear against wood. Re -tighten bolts '
immediately prior to concealing with finish materials. Re -tighten exposed bolts imme-
diately prior to final inspection by Building Official.
F. Lag Screws and Screws: Subdrill, use square plate or malleable iron washer under lag '
screw heads when they bear on wood.
G. Exterior base plates or sills resting on concrete: Bed in cement mortar to obtain a '
continuous bearing. Mortar shall consist of one part cement to three parts sand. Mix
ROUGH CARPENTRY
J
061600 : 4 ' I
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
mortar in small quantities so that it can be used promptly. Size plates or sills and
set level and true to line. Bolt down with bolts of size, length and spacing indicated
with a bolt not more than 9 inches from the end of any piece.
H. Rough framing: Fit closely, set accurately to required lines and levels, and secure
rigidly in place..'Set horizontal and inclined. members, with crown edge up. Reinforce
cut members as directed by Structural Engineer through Architect. Bolt, nail and spike
in a thorough manner with not less than the sizes`and quantities indicated or specified.
Structural members shall provide full contact at bearing surfaces.
I. Studs: Wall and partitions shall be nominal 2x4 and 2x6 studs 16 inches on center
unless otherwise noted or unless they are required to be larger to accommodate
mechanical or electrical equipment, piping and fixtures or fixtures or equipment of any
other Trade. Unless otherwise detailed, panels, valve covers, cleanouts, devices, access
doors, recessed cabinet boxes, etc., shall be mounted flush with the adjacent wall ,
surface. When any such item is of a depth where it is not practical to use solid studding
to the full thickness of the wall, then the wall shall be furred. When furring is required,
it shall extend the full width and from floor to roof or ceiling joists. The studs
comprising interior partitions and the wall material affixed thereto shall extend from
floor to roof or ceiling joist framing except as shown. Staggered stud walls shall be
constructed where shown on plans and as detailed.
J. Top plates in bearing partitions: Shall be doubled and lapped at. each intersection with
walls or partitions. Stagger joints in upper and lower members of top plate not less
than 4 feet.
K. Provide blocking not less than 2 inches in thickness of same width as stud as follows:
1 Stud partitions or walls more than 8 feet , but not more than 14 feet in height:
One row of blocking fitted snugly and nailed into mid -height of stud.
2 Walls or partitions over 14 feet in height: 2 or more rows of blocking. Locate
rows, of blocking so that in no case will the distance between sole or top plates
and blocking or between lines of blocking`exceed 8 feet.
3 Provide solid fire blocking at ceiling line at dropped ceilings.
L. Frame corners solid where.stud walls or partitions meet or as shown on the Structural
Drawing.
M. Provide double joists under partitions parallel to joists, and for headers and side
members at openings larger than 4 feet in dimension.
N. Joist framing into headers and header joists shall be supported on joist hangers.
O. At roofs: Provide crickets, cants, equipment curbs, wood saddles, cant strips, curbs for
plywood at parapet walls; other miscellaneous backing, blocking, curbing, and wood
nailers bolted to tops of concrete or masonry and at expansion joints, as specified or
required.
P. Provide treated lumber at built-up roofs. Install minimum'/2 inch treated plywood from
the roof deck to 16 inches maximum above the roof deck or insulation, whichever is
higher, mechanically fastened to the wall. Install minimum 1/2 inch treated plywood
nailer at, sides of non-nailable skylights, roof hatches, equipment and other roof pene-
trations.
3.2 PLYWOOD SHEATHING
A. Install sheathing with long dimension perpendicular to joints.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061600 - 5
u
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
B. Install wall sheathing with long dimension vertical.
C. Sheathing shall have edges blocked and nailed for diaphragm or shear wall stresses '
as shown on the Drawings. '
D. Subflooring shall be glued and nailed. '
E. Install with the "C" or best face on exposed side.
F. At non -tongue and groove sheathing, provide plywood clips at 24 inches O.C. '
maximum at unsupported or unblocked edges.
3.3 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS ,
A. Plywood Backing Panels: Install with the "C" or best face on exposed side.
3.4 CLEANING ,
A. During the course of the Work and on completion, remove excess materials,
equipment and debris and dispose of away from premises. '
END OF SECTION 061600
ROUGH CARPENTRY
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen. Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 064023 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK .
y
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Wood cabinets.
2. Plastic -laminate countertops.
3. Solid -surfacing -material countertops.
B. Interior architectural woodwork includes. wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging
strips unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For solid -surfacing material, cabinet hardware and accessories, and
finishing materials.and processes.
B. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-
scale details, attachment devices, and other components.
C. Samples:
1. Lumber ,and panel products for transparent finish, for each species and cut,
finished on one side and one edge.
2. -Lumber and panel products with .shop -applied opaque finish, for each finish ,
system and color, with exposed surface finished.. ,
3.. Solid -surfacing materials.
D. Woodwork Quality .Standard Compliance Certificates:, AWI Quality Certification
Program certificates.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of woodwork. •,
B. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated,'.comply with [AWI's "Architectural
Woodwork Quality Standards" or WI's "Manual of Millwork." '
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed,
wet work is complete. I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WOODWORK FABRICATORS
A. Fabricators: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide interior architectural
woodwork by one of the following:
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Wood Species and Cut for Transparent Finish: Hickory, plain sawn or sliced.
B. Wood Species for Opaque Finish: Any closed -grain hardwood.
C. Wood Products:
1. Medium -Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade MD, made with binder
containing no urea formaldehyde.
2. Veneer -Faced Panel Products (Hardwood Plywood): HPVA HP-1, made with
adhesive containing no urea formaldehyde.
D. Solid -Surfacing Material:- Homogeneous solid sheets of filled plastic resin complying
with ISSFA-2.
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
a. ABA Industries.
b. Avonite, Inc.
C. E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
d. Formica Corporation.
e. LG Chemical, Ltd.
f. Meganite Inc.; a division of the Pyrochem Group.
g. Nevamar Company, LLC; Decorative Products Div.
h. Samsung; Cheil Industries Inc.
i. Swan Corporation (The).
j. Transolid, Inc.
k. Wilsonart International; Div. of Premark International, Inc.
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
2.3 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS
Peterson Architecture & Associates
A. Fire -Retardant -Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Comply with
performance requirements of AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPAIC27 (plywood). Use
Exterior Type or Interior Type A. Use fire' -retardant -treatment, formulations that do not
bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Kiln -dry material after treatment.
B. Fire -Retardant Particleboard: Panels made from softwood particles and fire -retardant
chemicals mixed together at time of panel manufacture with flame -spread index of 25
or less and smoke -developed index of 25 or less per ASTM E 84.
C. Fire- Retardant'Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2 medium -density fiberboard panels made from
softwood fibers, synthetic resins, and fire -retardant chemicals mixed together at time of
panel manufacture with flame -spread index of 25 or less and smoke -developed index of .
200 or less per ASTM E 84:-
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or. hardwood lumber, kiln -dried
to less than 1.5 percent moisture content.
B. Adhesives, General: Do not use adhesives'that contain urea formaldehyde.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. General: Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project
site. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide allowance.for scribing,'trimming, and
fitting.
1. Interior Woodwork Grade: Custom.
2. Shop cut openings to maximum extent possible. Sand edges of cutouts to remove
splinters and burrs.
B. Interior Standing and Running, Trim:
1. For transparent -finished trim items wider than available lumber, use veneered
construction. Do not glue for width.
2. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat
members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work.
3. Assemble casings in plant except where limitations of access to place of
installation -require field assembly.
C. Wood Cabinets -for Transparent Finish:
1. WI Construction Style: Style A, Frameless.
2. WI Construction Type: Type II, single -length sections to fit access openings.
3. Grain Direction: Horizontally.
4. Matching of Veneer Leaves: Book match..
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Kestoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
D. Solid -Surfacing -Material Countertops:
1. Solid -Surfacing -Material Thickness: 3/4 inch (19 mm). '
2. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: As selected from manufacturer's full range.
3. Fabricate tops in one piece with loose backsplashes for field application. Comply '
with solid -surfacing -material manufacturer's written recommendations for
adhesives, sealers, fabrication, and finishing.
2.6 SHOP FINISHING
A. Finish architectural woodwork at fabrication shop. Defer only final -touchup, cleaning, '
and polishing until after installation.
B. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to '
concealed surfaces of woodwork. Apply two coats to back of paneling.
C. Transparent Finish: '
1. Grade: Custom.
2. AWI Finish System: Acrylic lacquer. '
3. Staining: Match approved sample for color.
4. Wash Coat for Stained Finish: Apply a wash -coat sealer to woodwork made from
closed -grain wood before staining and finishing. '
5. Open -Grain Woods: After staining (if any), apply paste wood filler to open -grain
woods and wipe off excess. Tint filler to match stained wood.-
6. Sheen: Semigloss, 46-60.gloss units measured on 60-degree gloss meter per '
ASTM D 523.
PART 3 - EXECUTION '
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Before installation, condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in
installation areas. Examine shop -fabricated work for completion and complete work as t
required, including removal of packing and backpriming.
B. Grade: Install woodwork to comply with requirements for the same grade specified in
Part 2 for fabrication of type of woodwork involved.
C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches '
(3 mm in 2400 mm). Shim as required with concealed shims.
D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair
damaged finish at cuts. '
E. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. '
Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 4 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. , Peterson Architecture & Associates
i
installation. Use fine finishing, nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening,
countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish if, transparent
finish is indicated.
F: Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number•of joints possible, using full-
length pieces , (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent
possible. Scarf running joints and stagger in adjacent and related members. Fill gaps, .if
any, between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler, sand smooth, and finish
same as wood base if'finish•ed.
G. Cabinets: Install without distortion.
1., Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more
than •16 inches (400 mm) o.c. with No, 10 wafer -head screws sized for 1-inch (25-
mm)' penetration into wood framing, blocking, or hanging strips.
H. Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through corner' blocks of base cabinets or
other supports into underside of countertop. Calk space between backsplash and wall
with sealant specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."
END OF SECTION 064023
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
I
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 072100 - BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1 GENERAL ,
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes the following: '
1 Bait insulation for exterior walls, ceilings acid other locations as indicated.
2 Board insulation.
3 Fire-safing insulation. ,
B. Related Sections:
1 Section 07 84 00 — Firestopping.
2 Section 09 81 00 —Acoustical. Insulation. '
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's data, installation instructions, limitations and '
recommendations. Include certification and test data substantiating R-Values and
combustibility of each type of insulation. ,
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable code for fire resistance ratings '
and surface burning characteristics.
B. Provide certificate of compliance acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indi-
cating conformance to fire -resistance requirements. '
C. Fire safing insulation and assemblies for closure of various voids with fire safing
insulation shall comply with CBC Chapter 7 requirements. '
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Delivery and Storage: Deliver materials to job in Manufacturer's original unopened
packaging. Adequately protect against damage while stored at the site. Deliver so
that stocks of materials on the site will permit uninterrupted progress of the Work.
B. Materials shall be properly identified on each package with the Manufacturer's '
name and R value.
PART 2 PRODUCTS '
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Furnish products of one of the following Manufacturers, except as approved by the ,
Architect, subject to compliance with Specification requirements:
,1. Batt and Blanket Insulation: '
a) Johns -Manville www.jm.com
b) Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. www.owenscorning.com
c) Certainteed www.certainteed.com
BUILDING INSULATION
072100 - 1 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
2. Board Insulation:
a) The Dow Chemical Co. www.dow.conr /sfyrofoam/no/
b) Amoco Foam Products Co. www.bp.com/chemicals/who/units
e) UCI
B. Materials designated for a specific application shall be the products of one Manufacturer.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Batt Insulation: ASTM C665, Type I, unfaced glass fiber baits. Batts shall be a sin-
gle thickness to Meet the required R value, multiple layers of batts will not be ac-
cepted.
1. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed
indices of 25 and 50, respectively.
2. Thickness: Provide in minimum thickness as indicated on Drawings or minimum
thickness as required to provide the resistance values indicated on Drawings, for
various locations.
B. Fire Safing Insulation: ASTM C24, E119 and E136. Thickness shall be as required by
the Manufacturer to provide a fire rating equal to that of the assembly of which it is a
part. Where smoke stop 'Protection also is required, install Thermafiber SmokeSeal
Caulking Compound as needed to meet UL Standard 1479 and ASTM E814 proce-
dure.
C. Acoustical Batt Insulation: As specified in Section 09 81 00.
D. Board Insulation: Rigid extruded polystyrene board, thickness and R value as shown
on Drawings, meeting ASTM, C578, Type IV.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detri-
mental conditions in writing to Architect. Commencement of Work will be con-
strued as acceptance of subsurfaces.
B. Coordination: Coordinate with other work which affects, connects with, or will be
concealed by this Work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
1
A. Batt Insulation:
1. Apply no insulation until such time as the�Construction has progressed to the
point that inclement weather will not damage or wet the insulation material.
2. Fully insulate small areas between closely spaced framing members, pipes,
conduits or other obstruction by cutting and fitting insulation material as re-
quired to maintain the integrity, of the insulation.
3. Atwood framing, friction fit unfaced batts between wood members.
4. Batt insulation at metal studs and other non-nailable members shall be in-
stalled continuously tight against framing members.
a. Secure in place with string wire or other method as approved by Architect.
5. Place insulation tight to exterior wall or roof substrate without voids..
6. End match neatly with ends fitting snugly.
BUILDING INSULATION 072100 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
B. Fire Safing Insulation: Install in proper sizes on safing clips as needed but not to
exceed 24 inches O.C. Leave no voids between walls and edges of slabs.
C. Interior Board Insulation:
1. Install board insulation at locations as indicated on Drawings.
2. Insulate small areas between closely spaced framing members, pipe,
conduit or other obstruction by cutting and fitting insulation materials as
required to maintain the integrity of the insulation.
3. Fit ends snugly or overlap.
3.03 CLEANING
A. During the course of the Work and on completion of the Work, remove excess
materials, equipment and debris and dispose of away from premises. Leave Work in
clean condition.
B. Protection: Take precautions to protect insulation, both during and after
installation, from damage of any kind until covered.
ti
END OF SECTION 072100
BUILDING INSULATION
072100 - 3
La Quinta Resort - Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following .!applications, including those
specified by reference to this Section:
1. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and 'horizontal nontraffic surfaces.
2. Interior joints in.vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces.
3. Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces.
1.2 PERFORMANCE'REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight
continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates.
B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and
water-resistant continuous joint seals without'staining.or'deteriorating joint substrates.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each joint -sealant product indicated.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE '
A. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit samples of materials that
will contact or affect joint sealants to joint -sealant manufacturers for testing according to
ASTM C 1087 or manufacturer's standard test method to determine whether priming
and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum
adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates.'
B. Preconstruction Field -Adhesion Testing: Before installing elastomeric sealants, field test
their adhesion to Project joint substrates according to the method in ASTM C 1 193 that
is appropriate for the types of Project joints.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair
or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other
requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion.
JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
Peterson Architecture & Associates
B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which elastomeric
sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace
those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this
Section within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field
experience.
B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers for use inside
the weatherproofing system that comply with the following limits for VOC content when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24):
1
1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L.
2. Nonmembrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L.
3. Single -Ply Roof Membrane Sealants: 450 g/L.
4. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.
5. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.
6. Modified Bituminous Sealant Primers: 500 g/L.
C. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full I
range.
2.2 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS '
A. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for
each liquid -applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing '
ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint
substrates.
B. Stain -Test -Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric sealants are specified to be '
nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing
'according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for '
Project.
C. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for joints '
that will come in repeated contact_ with food, provide products that comply with
21 CFR 177.2600.
D. Single -Component Neutral -Curing Silicone Sealant: '
JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 2 ,
.La Quinta Resort - Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1. Available Products:
a. Dow Corning Corporation; 790.
b. GE Silicones; SilPruf LM SCS2700.
C. Tremco; Spectrem 1 (B.asic).
d. GE Silicones; SilPruf SCS2000.
e. Pecora Corporation; 864.
f. Pecora Corporation; 890.
g. Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI-641.
h. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Omniseal.
i. Tremco; Spectrem 3.
j. Dow Corning Corporation; 791.
k. Dow Corning Corporation; 795.
I. GE Silicones; SilPruf NB SCS9000.
M. GE Silicones; UltraPruf II SCS2900. / -
n. Pecora Corporation; 865.
o. Pecora Corporation; 895.
p. Pecora Corporation; 898.
2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag).
3. Class: 50.
4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic)..
5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates
indicated, O.
6. Stain -Test -Response Characteristics: Nonstaining to porous substrates p"er
ASTM C 1248.
E. Single -Component Mildew -Resistant Neutral -Curing Silicone Sealant:
1. Available Products: .
a. Pecora' Corporation; 898.
b. Tremco; Tremsil 600 White.
2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag).
3. Class: 25. - .
4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic).
2.3 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS
A. Latex Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 834, Type O P, Grade NF.
B. Available Products:
1. Bostik Findley; Chem -Calk 600.
2. Pecora Corporation; AC-20+.
3. Schnee -Morehead, Inc.; SM 8200.
4. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Sonolac.
5. Tremco; Tremflex 834.
JOINT SEALANTS
a
079200 3
U
r
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
2.4 JOINT -SEALANT BACKING
A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are '
compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are
approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience '
and laboratory testing.
B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed -cell material with a surface
skin), and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to ,
producing optimum sealant performance:
C. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, or silicone tubing complying '
with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient
at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F (minus 32 deg C). Provide products with low
compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant ,
depth, and to otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance.
D. Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant '
manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint -filler
materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant
failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. '
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS ,
A. Primer: Material recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer where required for
adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction I
joint -sealant -substrate tests and field tests.
B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of ,
sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable
of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and
formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. ,
C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and
surfaces adjacent to joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants. '
1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion
of joint sealant. ,
a. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning,
mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a '
JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 4 ,
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
N
clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint
sealants. Remove loose, particles remaining after cleaning operations above
by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air.
2. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete.
a. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do
not- stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with
adhesion of joint sealants.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates, where recommended in writing by joint -sealant
manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint:sealant-substrate tests or prior experience.
Apply primer to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine
primers to areas of joint -sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining
surfaces..
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with
adjoining surfaces that otherwise would 'be permanently stained or damaged by such -
contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape
immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1 193 for use
of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications,,and conditions indicated.
B. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with recommendations in
ASTM C 919, for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to
materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at
position required to produce cross -sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants
relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.
2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.
3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant
application and replace them with dry materials.
D. Install bond -breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between"
sealants and backs of joints.
E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same
time backings are installed:
1.. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.
3. Produce uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that
allow optimum sealant movement capability.
JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 5
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning
or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form
smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to. eliminate air pockets; and to
ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.
1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.
2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that
do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.
3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless
otherwise indicated.
G. Installation of Preformed Silicone -Sealant System: Comply with manufacturer's written
instructions.
H. Installation of Preformed Foam Sealants: Install each length of sealant immediately
after removing protective wrapping, taking care not to pull or stretch material,
producing seal continuity at ends, turns, and intersections of joints. For applications at
low. ambient temperatures where expansion of sealant requires acceleration to produce
seal, apply heat to sealant in compliance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions.
I. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Workprogresses by
methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint
sealants and of products in which joints occur:
END OF SECTION 079200
JOINT SEALANTS
079200 - b
La Quinta Resort -'Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 0784 00 - FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Provide UL Classified or Warnock Hersey Listed firestopping system to prevent the
spread of fire, smoke and gasses through penetrations in fire resistive walls, floors and
partitions, including; but not limited to; the following areas:
1. Unprotected openings and openings accommodating penetrating items such as
cables, cable trays, pipes,'ducts, boxes and conduits through fire rated floors,
walls and smoke barriers.
2. Head of wall openings between wall and connecting floor or roof, deck .,
assemblies.
a. Meet requirements for exposure to hose stream test.
b. Applicable for use with steel fluted deck floor assemblies.
c. Allow deflection of floor or roof above.
B. Firestop systems shall not be intended, to support live loads and traffic unless specifically
approved by Testing Agency.
C. Firestop systems shall be approved by Code Authority..
D. Firestop products shall remainJlexible where subject to movement without affecting the
integrity of the product.
E. Related Sections:
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's Specifications, performance criteria, Drawings and
instructions.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit Manufacturer's complete Shop Drawings showing proposed
material, reinforcement, anchorage, fastenings method of installation and UL,or Warnock
Hersey listing number.
C. Test Reports: Submit UL or Warnock. Hersey test report description for firestopping
system.
D., .-Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of
firestop systems.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications: Applicator with minimum of 5 years experience and approved by the
materials manufacturer.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable code for fire resistance ratings and
FIRESTOPPING 078400 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
surface burning characteristics:
1. ASTM E 136, ASTM E 119 and ASTM E 814, as applicable. '
2. UL 1479 fire test to achieve required fire -rating as noted on Drawings.
3. Listing:
a. UL Fire Resistance Directory (current edition). ,
b. WH International Listings
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING '
A. Packing and Shipping: Deliver materials to site in Manufacturer's original unopened
packaging with labels intact. '
B. Storage: Adequately protect against damage while stored at the site.
C. Handling: Comply with Manufacturer's instructions. '
PART 2 PRODUCTS '
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Furnish firestop systems acceptable to governing Code Authority from one of the '
following Manufacturers, subject to compliance with.Specification requirements:
1. U.S. Gypsum Co. www.usg.com
2. Johns -Manville www.jm.com or www.imfirestopping.com '
3. Tremco, Inc. www.tremcosealants.com or www.tremcofirestop.com
4. RectorSeal Corporation www.rectorseal.com }
5. 3M Fire Protection Products www.3m.com ,
6. Specified Technologies, Inc. www.stifirestop.com
7. HILTI Firestop Systems www.hilti.com
8. Nelson Firestop Products www.nelsonfirestop.com '
9. Grace Construction Products — Flamesafe www.grace.com
2.2 MATERIALS ,
A. Firestop System Materials - General:
1. Appropriate for penetration.
2. Include every component required for code approved installation, including; but '
not limited to: i
a. Firestopping putties or compound.
b. Backing material. '
c. Wrap strips.
d. Primers, clips and collars.
e. Forming and damming materials. '
f. Sealant and solvent cleaner.
B. Properties: '
1. Free of asbestos, halogens and volatile components after curing and shall not'
slump or sag, (except for self -leveling products).
2. Capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flames, heat and smoke in '
compliance with the requirements of ASTM E814, UL 1479 and U.B.C. Standard 7.5
FIRESTOPPING 078400 - 2 '
La Quinta Resort- Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. `
Peterson Architecture & Associates
I
3. Non-combustible per ASTM E 136.
4. UV resistant where exposed to sunlight.
5. Water resistant where exposed to moisture.
6. Firestop system shall accommodate movement without adversely affecting fire
rating of wall/floor assembly.
7. Shrink resistant.
8. Paintable or capable of receiving finish materials in those areas which are
exposed to view and which are scheduled to receive finishes.
PART 3 EXECUTION
. 1 ,
3.1 EXAMINATION
" 1
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrimental
conditions in writing to Architect. Commencement of Work will be construed as
acceptance of subsurfaces.
B. Coordination: Coordinate with other Work which affects, connects with, or will be
concealed by this Work. '
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter which
may affect bond of firestopping material.
B. Remove incompatible materials which affect bond.
C. Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage, if required.
3.3 I NSTALLATI O N
A. Installation shall conform to requirements of qualified designs or manufacturer approved
modifications as supported by engineering reports, and shall be approved and accepted
by the authority having jurisdiction.
1. Apply primer and firestop materials in accordance with Manufacturer's
instructions and in accordance with the appropriate UL Fire Resistance Directory
or with the appropriate Warnock Hersey International Listing.
2. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve rating, to ensure .
against the passage of flames, smoke and toxic gases, and to a uniform density
and texture.
3. Protect materials from damage on surface subjected to traffic and install cover
plates as required on firestop system•that.will or may be subject to traffic.
4. Tool surfaces of firestop products to provide a smooth and clean appearance.
B. Provide firestopping for conditions specified whether or notfirestopping is indicated, and,
if indicated, whether such material is -designated as insulation, safing or otherwise.
Insulation types specified in other sections shall not be installed in lieu offirestopping
materials. l
FIRESTOPPING
078400 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
C. Interior Walls and Partitions:
1. Construction joints between top of fire rated walls and underside of floors above
shall be firestopped.
2. Firestop systems installed shall have been tested by either UL or Warnock
Hersey, including exposure to hose stream test and including test for use with
steel fluted deck floor assemblies.
3. Firestop system used shall allow for deflection of floor or roof above.
D. Penetrations:
1. Penetrations include conduit, cable, wire, pipe, duct or other elements which
pass through one or both outer surfaces of a fire rated floor, wall, or partition.
2. Provide firestopping to fill spaces in accordance with ASTM E 814 (UL 1479)
where a penetration occurs through a structural floor or roof and a space would
otherwise remain open between the surfaces of the penetration and the edge of
the adjoining structural floor or roof, except at floors on grade.
3. Requirements for penetrations shall apply whether or not sleeves have been
provided. Firestop the annular space between sleeve and surrounding surfaces.
3.4 CLEANING
A. During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of excess
materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition.
END OF SECTION 078400
FIRESTOPPING
078400' - 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Standard hollow metal doors and frames.
Peterson Architecture & Associates
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Include elevations, door edge. details, frame profiles, metal thicknesses,
preparations for hardware, and other details.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory -applied color finishes.
D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required.
,E. Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference
numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings.
'PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to- compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
1. Amweld Building Products, LLC.
2. Benchmark; a division of Thermo-Tru Corporation.
3. Ceco Door Products; an Assa Abloy Group company.
4. Curries Company; an Assa Abloy Group company.
5. Deansteel Manufacturing Company, Inc. "
6. Firedoor Corporation.
7. Fleming Door Products Ltd.; an Assa Abloy Group company.
8. Habersham Metal Products Company.
9. Kewanee Corporation (The).
10. Mesker Door Inc.
11. Pioneer Industries, Inc.
12. Security Metal Products Corp.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081 1 13 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1.3. Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
14. Windsor Republic Doors. ,
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008 A 1008M CS Type B• suitable for exposed
,
/ Yp p
applications.
I 1
B. Frame Anchors:, ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), 40Z (12G) coating
designation; mill phosphatized.
1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with '
ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 101 1 /A 101 1 M, hot -dip galvanized
according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. '
C. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.
D. Grout:. ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches (102 mm), as '
measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M.
E.. Mineral -Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I. '
F. Glazing: Division 08 Section "Glazing."
G. Bituminous Coating: Cold -applied asphalt mastic SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15- '
9 PP P p
mil (0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat.
2.3 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS
A. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8.
1. Design: Flush panel. '
2. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard kraft-paper honeycomb, polystyrene,
polyurethane, polyisocyanurate, mineral -board, or vertical steel -stiffener core.
3. Vertical Edges for Single -Acting Doors: Manufacturer's standard. ,
4. Top and Bottom Edges: Closed with flush or inverted 0.042-inch- (1.0-mm-)
thick, end closures or channels of some material as face sheets.
5. Tolerances: SDI 117, "Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and ,
Frames."
B. Exterior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from metallic -coated steel sheet. Comply with '
ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance
level:
1. Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), Model 1 (Full Flush). '
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081 1 13 - 2 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
C. Interior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from cold -rolled steel sheet. Provide doors
complying with requirements indicated below by referencing.ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level
and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level:
1. Level 2 and PhysicalPerformance Level B (Heavy Duty),. Model 1 (Full Flush).
D.
Hardware Reinforcement: ANSI/SDI A250.6.
2.4 -
STANDARD- HOLLOW METAL FRAMES
A.
General: Comply with 'ANSI/SDI A250.8..
B.
Exterior Frames: Fabricated from metallic -coated steel sheet.
1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners.
2. Fabricate frames as knocked down unless otherwise indicated.
3. Frames for Level.l Steel Doors: 0.042-inch- (1.0-mm-) thick steel sheet.
C.
Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold -rolled steel sheet unless metallic -coated sheet is
indicated.
1. Fabricate frames with -mitered or coped corners.
2. Fabricate frames as knocked down unless otherwise indicated.
3. Fabricate knocked -down, drywall slip-on frames for. in -place gypsum board
partitions.
4. Frames for Level 1 Steel Doors: 0.042-inch- ' (1.0-mm-).thick steel sheet:
D.
Hardware Reinforcement: ANSI/SDI A250.6.
2.5
FRAME ANCHORS
A.
Jamb Anchors-
1 . Stud -Wall Type: • Designed to' engage stud, welded. to back- of. frames; not less
than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick. o
B.
Floor Anchors: Formed from same.materia[ as frames, not less than. 0.042 inch (1.0
mm) thick, and as follows:
1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip -type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners.
2.6
FABRICATION
A.
Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in SDI 117.
B.
Hollow Metal Doors:
v -
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
^ 1
1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep -hole openings in bottom of exterior doors. Seal
joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. '
C. Hollow Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections, provide alignment
plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. ,
1. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make
smooth, flush, and invisible. I ,
2. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval -head exposed screws and bolts for exposed
fasteners unless otherwise indicated.
3. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four ,
spot welds per anchor.
4. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows:
a. Stud -Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from '
top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813
mm) o.c. and as follows:
1) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches (1524 to 2286 mm) '
high.
b. Compression Type: Not less than two anchors in each jamb.
C. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches (152
mm) from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 '
inches (660 mm) o.c.
D. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive templated '
mortised hardware according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished
as specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware."
1. Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSI/SDI A250.8. '
2. Reinforce doors and frames. to receive nontemplated, mortised and surface -
mounted door hardware.
3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250.6 and ,
ANSI/DHI Al 15 Series specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for
hardware. '
4. Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections with
Division 26 electrical Sections.
2.7 STEEL FINISHES '
A. Prime Finish: Apply manufacturer's standard primer immediately after cleaning and I
pretreating.
1. Shop Primer: -ANSI/SDI A250.10. '
B. Factory -Applied Paint Finish: ANSI/SDI A250.3.
1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. '
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13 - 4 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 I NSTALLATI O N
Peterson Architecture & Associates
A. Hollow Metal Frames: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11.
1. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until
permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary
braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.
a. At'fire-protection-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80.
b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling
limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint
continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible
on exposed faces.
C. Remove temporary braces necessary. for installation only after frames have
been properly set and secured. .
d. Check plumbness, squareness, and twist of frames as walls are constructed.
Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances.,
2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to
floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors..
a. Floor anchors may be set with powder -actuated fasteners instead of
postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop
Drawings.
3. Metal -Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral -fiber insulation behind frames.
4. Ceiling Struts: Extend struts vertically from top of frame at each jamb to overhead
structural supports or substrates above frame unless frame is anchored to masonry
or to other structural support at each jamb. Bend top of struts to provide flush
contact for securing to supporting construction. Provide adjustable: wedged or
bolted anchorage to frame jamb members.
5. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow metal door frames for squareness,
alignment, twist, and' plumb to the following tolerances:
a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at door rabbet
on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head.
b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a
horizontal line parallel to plane of wall.
C. Twist: Plus or minus '1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at opposite face
corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.
d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs at floor.
B. Hollow Metal Doors: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances
specified below. Shim as necessary.
1. Non' -Fire -Rated Standard Steel Doors:
C'
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13 - 5
i..
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
a. Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch (3 mm) plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm).
b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch (3 mm) plus'or minus 1/16 inch
(1.6 mm).
C. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold: Maximum 3/8 inch (9.5
mm).
d. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor (No Threshold):' Maximum
3/4 inch (19 mm).
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before
final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and
replace defective work, including hollow metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise
unacceptable.
B. Prime -Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged
areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air -drying, rust -inhibitive primer.
C. Metallic -Coated' Surfaces: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair
paint according to manufacturer's written instructions.
END OF SECTION 081113
.,
0
11
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13 - 6
La Quinta' Resort — Azur Kitchen, Fire Restoration T.I: Peterson Architecture & Associates
,SECTION 081416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1:1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Solid -core doors with wood -veneer faces.
2. Factory fitting flush wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of door indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location; size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind
of door; construction details not covered in Product Data;' location and extent of
hardware blocking; and other pertinent data.
1. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware:
2. Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts:
3. Indicate requirements for veneer matching.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of
custody by an "FSC-accredited certification body,.
B. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with WDMA I.S.1-A,
"Architectural Wood Flush Doors."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products'that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc.
2. Ampco, Inc.
1 Buell Door Company Inc. .
4. .Chappell Door Co.
5. Eagle Plywood & Door Manufacturing, Inc.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
6. Eggers Industries.
7. Graham; an Assa Abloy Group company.
8. Haley Brothers, Inc.
9. Ideal Architectural Doors & Plywood.
10. Ipik Door Company.
11. Lambton Doors.
12. Marlite.
13. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc.
14. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc.; a Masonite company.
15. Oshkosh Architectural Door Company.
16. Poncraft Door Company.
17. Vancouver Door Company.
18. VT Industries Inc.
2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL
A. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade:
1. Heavy Duty unless otherwise indicated.
B. Particleboard -Core Doors:
1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, made with binder containing no urea -formaldehyde
resin.
2. Blocking: Provide wood blocking in particleboard -core doors as needed to
eliminate through -bolting hardware.
3. Provide doors with either glued -wood -stave or structural -composite -lumber cores
instead of particleboard cores for doors indicated to receive exit devices.
C. Structural -Composite -Lumber -Core Doors:
1. Structural Composite Lumber: WDMA I:S.10.
a. Screw Withdrawal, Face: 700 Ibf (3100 N).
b. Screw Withdrawal, Edge: 400 Ibf (1780 N).
2.3 VENEERED -FACED DOORS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH
A. Interior Solid -Core Doors:
1. Grade: Premium, with Grade AA faces.
2. Species: Select white birch.
3. Cut: Quarter sliced.
4. Match between Veneer Leaves: Book match.
5. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Balance match.
6. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening.
7. Core: Particleboard, Glued wood stave, or Structural composite lumber.
r
r k
FLUSH WOOD DOORS - 081416 - 2
a1
i
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
8., Construction: Five or, seven plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core, then entire
unit abrasive.planed before veneering.
9.. Construction: Seven plies, either bonded or nonbonded construction.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Factory fit doors to suit frame -opening sizes indicated. , Comply with clearance
requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indicated.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors.
B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied.
C.' Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors in factory. -
1. Light. Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated.
2. Glazing: Factory install glazing in doors indicated to be factory finished. Comply
with applicable requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing."
3. Louvers: *Factory install louvers in prepared openings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION ,
A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 08 Section "Door Hardware."
B. Installation Instructions: •Install ,doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions ,
and the referenced quality standard, and as indicated.
C. Job -Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels; do
not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or.permitted for fire -rated
doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal edges of doors, edges of cutouts,- and
mortises after fitting and machining.
1. Clearances:. Provide 1/8 inch (3.2 mm),at heads, iambs, and, between pairs of
y doors. Provide 1/8-inch (3.2 mm) from bottom of door,to top 'of decorative floor ,
finish or .covering unless . otherwise indicated. Where'. threshold . is shown .or
scheduled, provide 1 /4 inch. (6.4- mm) from bottom of door, to top- of threshold
unless otherwise indicated.
a. Comply, with NFPA 80, for fire -rated doors:
D. Factory -Fitted Doors: Align in frames•,for uniform clearance -at each edge.
END OF SECTION 081416
FLUSH WOOD DOORS - 081416 -'3
0
t
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 085200 - WOOD WINDOWS '
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes aluminum -clad wood -framed windows.
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Provide wood windows capable of complying with performance requirements '
indicated, based on testing manufacturer's windows that are representative of those
specified, and that are of test size required. by AAMA/WDMA 101 /l.S.2/NAFS.
B. Structural Performance: Provide wood windows capable of withstanding the effects of.
the following loads based on testing units representative of those indicated for Project
that pass AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2/NAFS, Uniform Load Structural Test:
1. Design Wind Loads: Determine design wind loads applicable to Project from '
9 g pP I
basic wind speed indicated in miles per hour (meters per second) at 33 feet (10 m) '
above grade, according to ASCE 7, Section 6.5, "Method 2-Analytical Procedure,"
based on mean roof heights above grade indicated on Drawings.
a. Basic Wind Speed: 90 mph (40 m/s).
b. . Importance Factor: 1.
C. Exposure Category: C.
2. Deflection: Design glass framing system to limit lateral deflections of glass edges '
to less than 1/175 of glass -edge length or 3/4 inch (19 mm), whichever is less, at
design " pressure based on testing performed according to '
AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2/NAFS, Uniform .Load Deflection Test or structural
computations.
C. Wind borne- Debris Resistance: Provide glazed windows capable of resisting impact from ,
windborne debris, based on the pass/fail criteria as determined from testing glazed
windows identical to those specified, according to ASTM E 1886 and testing information '
in ASTM E 1996 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.3 SUBMITTALS '
A. . Product Data: For each type of wood window indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, hardware, attachments to '
other work, operational clearances, and installation details.
085200 - 1 1
La Quinta Resort - Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates -"
C.. Samples: For each exposed finish.
D. Product Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer: A qualified installer, approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's
products.
B. , . Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified -manufacturer who is certified for chain of
custody by an FSC-accredited certification body:
C. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass manufacturers
and with GANA's "Glazing Manual" unless more,stringent requirements are indicated.
D. Mockups: Provide typical corner section to verify selections * made under sample
submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set "quality standards for materials
and execution.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which.manufacturer agrees to repair
or replace wood windows that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty
period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to,,the.following:,
a.. Failure to meet performance requirements.
b. Structural failures including excessive deflection, water leakage, air
infiltration, or condensation.
C. Faulty operation of movable sash and hardware. ,
d. Deterioration of wood, metals, vinyl, other materials, and finishes beyond
normal weathering.
e. Failure of insulating glass.
2. Warranty Period:
VI
a. Window:- Five years from date of Substantial. Completion.
b. Glazing: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
C. Metal Finish: Five years from date of Substantial Completion:
WOOD WINDOWS 085200 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers ,
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
1. Aluminum -Clad Wood Windows: '
a. EAGLE Window & Door, Inc.; an American Architectural Products
Corporation Company.
b. Hurd Millwork Company.
C. Marvin Windows and Doors.
d. Norco Premium Collection; JELD-WEN, Inc. '
e. Peachtree Doors and Windows; TPC Acquisition, Inc.
f. Pella Corporation.
g. Pozzi Custom Collection; JELD-WEN, Inc. '
h. Sierra Pacific Windows.
i. Vetter; TPC Acquisition, Inc.
j. Weather Shield Mfg., Inc. '
k. Windsor
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Wood: Clear ponderosa pine or another suitable fine-grained lumber; kiln dried to a '
moisture content of 6 to 12 percent at time of fabrication; free of visible finger joints,
blue stain, knots, pitch pockets, and surface checks larger than 1 /32 inch (0.8 mm)
deep by 2 inches (51 mm) wide; water-repellent preservative treated. ' I
B. Aluminum Extrusions for Cladding, Baked -Enamel Finish: Manufacturer's standard
baked enamel complying with AAMA 2603 or AAMA 620.
1. Color: As selected b Architect from manufacturer's full range.
,
Y 9
2.3 WINDOW '
A. Window Type: As indicated on Drawings.
B. Comply with AAMA/WDMA 101 /I.S.2/NAFS.
C. Condensation -Resistance Factor (CRF): Provide wood windows tested for thermal '
performance according to AAMA 1503, showing a CRF of 45.
D. Thermal Transmittance: Provide wood windows with a whole -window, U-factor '
maximum indicated at 15-mph (24-km/h) exterior wind velocity and winter condition
temperatures when tested according to AAMA 1503.
WOOD WINDOWS 085200 - 3 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1. U-Factor: 0.35 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F (2.0 W/sq. m, x K) or less.
E. Solar Heat -Gain Coefficient (SHGC):. Provide wood windows with a whole -window 1
SHGC maximum of 0.40, determined according to NFRC 200 procedures.
2.4 GLAZING
A.' Glass and Glazing Materials: Refer to Division 08 Section "Glazing" for glass units and
glazing requirements applicable to glazed wood window units.
B. Glass: Clear, insulating -glass units, argon gas filled, with IOW-E coating pyrolytic on
second surface or sputtered on second or third surface.
C. Glazing System: Manufacturer's standard . factory -glazing 'system that produces
weathertight seal and complies with requirements for windborne ;debris resistance.
2.5 INSECT SCREENS
A. General: Design windows and hardware to accommodate screens in a tight -fitting,
removable arrangement, with a minimum of exposed fasteners, and latches. Fabricate
insect screens to _fully integrate with window frame. Locate screens on side of window
appropriate for window type and provide for each operable exterior sash or ventilator.
1. Aluminum Tubular Frame Screens: Comply with SMA 1004, "Specifications for
Aluminum Tubular Frame Screens for Windows," Architectural C-24 class.
B. Aluminum Insect Screen Frames: Manufacturer's standard aluminum alloy complying
with SMA 1004. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped joints or corner extrusions,
concealed fasteners, and removable PVC spline/anchor concealing edge of frame.
1. Aluminum Tubular Framing Sections and Cross Braces: Roll formed from
aluminum sheet with minimum wall thickness as required for class indicated.
2. Finish: Color selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
C. Glass -Fiber Mesh Fabric: 20-by-30 (0.85-by-0.42-mm) mesh of PVC -coated, glass -
fiber threads; woven. and fused to form a fabric mesh resistant to corrosion, shrinkage,
stretch, impact damage, and weather deterioration; in the following color. Comply with
ASTM D 3656.
1. Mesh Color: Color selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.,
2.6 ACCESSORIES
A. Dividers: Provide dividers in designs indicated for each sash lite, two per sash,
removable from the exposed surfaces of interior and exterior lites of the sash and one
permanently located between glazing lites in the airspace.
WOOD WINDOWS 085200 - 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
2.7 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate wood windows that are reglazable without' dismantling sash or ventilator '
framing.
B. Weather Stripping: Provide full' perimeter weather stripping for each operable sash and '
ventilator.
C. Factory machine windows rfor openings and for hardware that is not surface applied. ,
D. Mullions: Provide mullions and cover plates as shown, matching window units, ,
complete with- anchors for support to structure and installation of window units. Allow
for erection tolerances and provide for movement of window units due to thermal
expansion and building deflections, as indicated. Provide mullions and cover plates
capable of withstanding design loads of window units. '
PART 3 - EXECUTION y
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with Drawings, Shop Drawings, and manufacturer's written instructions for ,
installing windows, hardware, accessories, and other components.
B. Install windows level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion or impeding thermal '
movement, anchored securely in place to structural support, and in proper relation to
wall flashing and other adjacent construction. . I
C. Set sill members in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, for weathertight
construction.
D. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or ,
electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials.
E. Adjust operating sashes and ventilators, screens, hardware, and accessories for a tight
fit at contact points and weather stripping for smooth operation and weathertight
closure. Lubricate hardware and moving parts. '
F. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after installing windows. Avoid damaging
protective coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and t
other substances.
G. Clean factory -glazed glass immediately after installing windows. Comply with
manufacturer's written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove '
nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. '
WOOD WINDOWS 085200 - 5
r
La Quinta Resort — Azur- Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I., Peterson Architecture & Associates
H. Iepnove .ar�dt replace glass• that �has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or
Pa
ddmag 'd; �° snsn tpu�tiaPiT`,4661d:'�
w9ra,J:^it�be .�0oS3�i'
END OF S-gyq�r N 08b200
0
085200 - 6
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
�_-J y
SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE �� �d✓� p�VL
3�
PART 1 -GENERAL ,
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
l . Commercial door hardware.
2. Cylinders for doors specified in other Sections.
3. Electrified door hardware.
B. See Division 08 door sections for astragals and door silencers.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples: For each exposed finish.
C. Other Action Submittals:
1. Door Hardware Sets: .Prepared by or under the supervision of an Architectural
Hardware Consultant, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as
,well as procedures and diagrams.
a. Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format and use same door
numbers as in the Contract Documents.
b. Content: Include the following information:
1) Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, and material of each
door and frame.
2) Type, style, function, size, quantity, -and finish of each door hardware
item. Include description and function of each lockset and exit device.
3) Complete designations of every item required for each door or
opening including name and manufacturer.
2. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer, detailing
Owner's final keying instructions for locks.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by lock
manufacturer.
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 1
VON ®U P R I Na 55 Concealed Vertical Rod Device.
15547 concealed vertical rod devices for use on singlo or double metal doors.•
UL listed for accident hazard Installations and fits door stiles as narrow as 1-3/4' (44mm). Specify If 2-1/4door.
5547WDC concealed vertical rod devices for use on single or double wood doors.
f' fits door stiles as narrow as 4' (102mm).
V
. MAR 1 g 2009
Y
Features
Field sizeable Five ufar finishes G
1I2' (13mrn) (MD) or 5/8' (16rmn) Hex ke . S 1{�, • " r
6
WD throw latch bolt
Dimensions
r!
Crossbar height to finished floor 36-13/16' (935mm) at center '
3 G.
Crossbar projection. —
neutral 3-3/4- (95mm)
depressed 2-3/8' (60mm)
Crossbar length 42'(1067mm)
Lock stile case 7-1/4' x 1-3/16' x 2-1/4' (184mm x 30mm x 57mm)
HIngo stile case 7.1 /4' x 1-3116' x 2-114' (184mm x 30mm x 57rnm)
`
Vertical rods -hexagon 3/8' (10mm) adjustable top rod
r
Crossbar tubing 1' (25mm)
Role;�daxlmum door undercut 114' M m).
4111) 304L
336 Strikes and Fasteners
5547 is furnished standard with 471U and 304L.
5547WDC Is furnished standard with 338 and 304L.
Outside Trim
Sox nuts and bolts for mounting are included for 1-3/4' (44mm) and 2-114'.(57rmn) thick doors'. For strike dlmen-
Standard
sions and optional strike Informatlon, refer to pages 12-13.
555NL
55ODT
376T x 55ODT
optional
Wood Door
556NL
55ODT
376T (WDC) x 55ODT
For complete outside trim
Information, seepages
10.11. :v- To- 0,6w bi. : ; .... ..
.. *71O0 ' I '�
Von Duprin - Product Catalog/Templates - - Series. 55 Exit Devices
ltttp://ww�v.vonduprin.conVprod_55series.f
Fire & Life Safety Code Resources. jr Search Our Site
VON DUPRIN. ��. �-
CLICK HER
-:Warranty •I,.°'About Us Contact Us ,•t✓l6( Login
Product CetelmgIrempletes
Product Catafogffomplatos o Series 66 Exit Devices
Application Solutions b
Literature
Series 65 exit devices ... a tradillonal crossbar design with wide
acceptance because of the streamline appearance. Available In rim,
Solos, Service & Support 0
mortise and conceafed vertical rod mountings.
What's Now
For all types of doors, and fits stlies as narrow as 1 314".
Tools 8nd U1111110s
Finishes include Polished Brass, Dull Bronze, Dull Oxidized Bronze,
i
Polished Chrome and Dull Chrome.
lrrgersolt Rand ; .: � • : •:':•:• � `1
Devices are UL listed Panlc Hardware (FVSR) SA163 (n). Fire
Our Market Solutions 0
devices (F) are UL listed Fire E)dl Hardware (GXHXj R4504 (N), A
label. Tested in accordance to ANSI A156.3, 1989 Grade 1.
Our Brands. O
E-7500 Electric Mortise Lock
Brand .product Catalogs ® Electric mortise lock oplion provides for remote locking or unlocking of the outside trim without retracting
the latch bolt. Particularly useful as a fail-safe component of an automatic fire alarm system.
Device Models and Trim Functions
66 Series
Rim
Concealed
Vert. Rod
Concealed"_"
ert. Rod Fire
Mortise Lack
Mortise Lock Fire
Exit Only
65EO
6647EO
6547EO-F
5575EO
667SEO-F
Dummy Trim
55DT
6547DT
--
5575DT
--
Night Latch.
55NL
5647NL
--
6575NL
5676NL-F
Lever
--
5547E-F
5575L
55751_-F
Turn Lever
--
5547TL 5547TI-F
--
--
vvvuu vour concesiso we oevices tvvul;) are avaaame, u ►aom,
The 66 Exit Device Catalog
(File size: 538KB) is available for download in Portable Document Format ('.pdf). You will need
Adobe's Acrobat Reader software to read [his catalog.
► The 66 Series Parts Manual
(File size: 4,337KB) is available for download in Portable Document Format (4.pdf), You will need
Adobe's Acrobat Reader software to read this catalog.
eao>,���:� Reader
Click on the Icon above to download a FREE copy of Adobe's Acrobat Reader
SON. UPRIK. 55 Trim Selection
Standard Trim
Series 550
Heavy aluminum bracket will) 1W (25mm) stainless steel or brass pull bar, 550DT with NL function is fumisited
with iIOMD or WD,.On 555NL (Metal) and 556NL (Wood), the cylinder locates In pull return. Cylinder must be
ordered separately.
Rim
55ODT 655NL 556NL Series 550
Heavy aluminum brackets with 1W (25mm) stainless steel or brass pull bar. OT function only.
Series 3767
Tiwmbturn control has a forged brass 7/8' (25mm) thick escutcheon, Often used with DT trim or pull. An NL
i , cylinder plate is included for thumbtum operation only when key is used for vertical rod or mortise device. BE
blank escutcheon is available, specify 376T BE.
376T 371L Series 370E
Concealed Lever control has a forged brass 7/8' (25mm) thick escutcheon. Optional lever designs are available. An NL
vertical Rod cylinder plate Is Included for lever operation only vAen key is used for vertical rod or mortise device, BE Blank
escutcheon Is available, specify 371L-BE.
Lever Design Options
N01 #02 B03 #06 d07
Standard
Operation Options
..
® 4
912 #17
Blank Escutcheon Lover always
active. BE suffix, e.g,, 371L•BE.
VON ®UPRIN0
55 Trim Selection
_ 01
02 -
03
08
08
11
Funcllon
Pull When
Key Retracts
Key Locks
Key Locks
Key locks Thumblurn .
Exll Only
Dogged
Latch bolt
Lever
Laver .
(Pull Required)
55EO
55DT
55NL
311•L
376•L
3760TX609DY
Tdm Number
and Dimensions
Devicelidm Center Line '
To finished Floor
2-SW(67M) zsS(670m)
I JIS (18rrm)
1.7IB (Ow)
2ST 079n)
-
1.1Y1G (l6mn)
vac wm we 5501 SSM — —
—
A39•IYIV
A3903/1C(1011mn)
A39.13+i 0011mn)
'
W.ldv 0011m10
839.13W(1011am)
639-1YIG(IO)!nm)
-
- -
Pau[ ' 5575E0 557507 55791L — SS75L
Metlise
- .
Lode _'Fre, s575EOr
.-
SS7Sft�
-
SSISL�
-: '
A 331Y1C (101 /mn)
MIrI(976mr)
COnCe3ied Nrk SSl7E0 55770'r SS7)IA. - -
SSML
lVertti lRod ire. 5SVEPF
-
-
SSIJIr
-
7t4
SS1F
W.Lha
� A39•1Y16O011mn)
A341Y16 [)Oltmy
- �
-
-
Bt0.7A5'(IOPmn)
-
65117(1JiVimJ
Ot10
!eeWkements 2
2
2
2
2
2
Rim —
—
Rim
E*
ked hVtne —
—
MoMe
--
—
_
C.V.R. —
—
Rim
MOrtl50
NAAise
Moruso
(D 2003 Ingersoll-Rand.
May be
Copied for'use will) specification subrnittai.
La Quinta Resort _'Azur Kitchen. Fire Restoraficin Peterson Architecture &M-t6ciat6t:
SECTION 08 7100
HARWARE SCHEDULE
Door-2 Indoor Terrace
Lever- Exte6or
(1) Two -point crossbar panic
EX.it device — Interior " VON QQPRIN 55 series
(door. alwaysunlocked frcim.inside)
(I Door closer
(2) Pair hinges
(1) Lock
Dogr — 4 & 6 Indoor Tiqrrace,
Lever — 1 leaf
Exte'nor
(2) Two -point crossbar panic exit device:— I each leaf.
Interior VO N'DUPRIN 5,5series
(Doo always unlocked from inside).
(2) Door closer — 1 pet leaf
Pair butthinges per leaf
(1) Lock
DOOR: HARDWARE
0871,00, - 13
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration Peterson Architecture & Associates
1. Named Manufacturers' Products: Manufacturer and product designation are listed
for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum
requirements.
2.. References to. BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with these standards
and requirements for description, quality, and function:
C. Exit Devices:
1.. U. L. approved for .Casualty.
2. Devices to match in design
3. Types, functions and finishes,as listed in hardware.sets.
2.2 HINGES, GENERAL
A. Template Requirements: . Except for hinges andpivots 'to be installed entirely (both
leaves) into wood doors and frames,, provide only template -produced units.
B. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the. following:
1. Exterior Hinges: Stainless: steel, with stainless-steel.pin.
2. Interior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless -steel pin.
C. Nonremovable. Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a
groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for outswinging
exterior doors.
.D. Fasteners: Comply with the following:
1. Machine Screws: For metal _doors and frames. Install. into drilled and tapped
holes.
2. Wood Screws: For wood doors and frames.
3. Threaded -to -the -Head Wood Screws: For fire -rated wood doors.
4. Screws: Phillips flat -head; machine .screws (drilled and tapped holes) for metal.
doors. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges.
2:.3 HINGES
A. Butts and Hinges: BHMA A156.1.
B. Template Hinge Dimensions: BHMA Al 56.7.
C. Available Manufacturers:
1. Baldwin Hardware: Corporation (BH).
2. Bommer Industries, Inc. (BI).
3. Cal -Royal Products, Inc.. (CRP);
• 4. Hager Com.papies (HAG).
5. Lawrence Brothers, Inc. (LB).
.6. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (MCK).
7. PBB, Inc. (PBB).
8. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The'Stanl`ey Works: (STH).
DOOR HARDWARE 0.8'7100 - 3 .
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1. Installer's responsibilities include supplying and installing door hardware and
providing a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant available during the
course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door
hardware and keying.'
B. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is currently certified by
DHI as an Architectural Hardware Consultant and who is experienced in providing
consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material,
design, and extent to that indicated for this Project.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver keys to Owner's Representative.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Templates: Distribute door hardware templates for doors, frames, and other work ,
specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of
other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing
door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. .
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair
or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within
specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. v
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE
A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this
Section and door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule. ,
1. Door Hardware Sets:. Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and
products equivalent in function and comparable in qua.lity to named products.
B. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other
distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in Part 3 "Door
Hardware Sets" Article. Productst are identified. by using door hardware designations, as
foI lows:
' r
i
DOOR HARDWARE ' 087100 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
Peterson Architecture & Associates
1. Named Manufacturers' Products: Manufacturer and product designation are listed
for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum
requirements.
2. References to BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with these standards
and requirements for description, quality, and function.
2.2 HINGES, GENERAL
A. Template Requirements: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both
leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template -produced units.
B. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:
1. Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless -steel pin.
2. Interior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless -steel pin.
C. Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a
groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for outswinging
exterior doors.
D. Fasteners: Comply with the following:
1. Machine Screws: For metal doors and frames. Install into drilled and tapped
holes.
2. Wood Screws: For wood doors and frames.
3. Threaded -to -the -Head Wood Screws: For fire -rated wood doors.
4. Screws: Phillips flat -head; machine screws (drilled and tapped holes) for metal
doors. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges.
2.3 HINGES -11
A. Butts and Hinges: BHMA A156.1.
B. Template Hinge Dimensions: BHMA A156.7.
C. Available Manufacturers:
1. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH).
2. Bommer Industries, Inc. (BI).
3. Cal -Royal Products, Inc. (CRP).
4. 'Hager Companies (HAG).
5. Lawrence Brothers, Inc. (LB).
6. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (MCK).
7. PBB, Inc. (PBB).
8. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH).
1
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 3 t
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. 1., Peterson Architecture & Associates
N
2.4 SPRING HINGES
A. Self -Closing Hinges: BHMA A156.17.
B. Available Manufacturers:
1. Baldwin Hardware Corporation, (B,H). "
2.- Bommer Industries, Inc. (BI).
3. Cal -Royal Products, Inc. (CRP).
4. Hager Companies (HAG).
5.., Lawrence Brothers, Inc. (LB).
6. McKinney. Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY_ Group company (MCK).
7. PBB, Inc. (PBB).
8. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH).
2.5 LOCKS AND LATCHES, GENERAL
A. Accessibility Requirements: Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping,
pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 Ibf
(22 N).
B. Backset: 2-3/4 inches (70 mm), unless otherwise indicated.
C. Strikes: Manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latchbolt or lock bolt,
with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set.
2'.6 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES
A. Lock Functions: Function numbers and descriptions indicated in door hardware sets
comply with the following: r
1. Bored Locks: BHMA A156.2.
B. Bored Locks: BHMA-Ai56.2, Grade .1; Series 4000.
1. Available Manufacturers:
a. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ARW).
b. Best Access Systems; Div..of The. Stanley Works (BAS).
C. Cal -Royal Products, Inc. (CRP).
d. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company
(CR).
e. Falcon Lock; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (FAL).
f. Marks USA (MKS).
g: Medeco Security Locks, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (MED).
h. PDQ Manufacturing (PDQ).
i. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company
(SGT).
N
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
j. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH).
k., Security Door Controls (SDC). '
I. Weiser Lock; a Masco Company (WEI).
M. Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company
(YAL) . ,
2.7 AUXILIARY LOCKS AND LATCHES '
A. Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1.
1. Available Manufacturers: ,
a. ABLOY Security, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ABL).
b. Accurate Lock & Hardware Co. (ALH). '
C. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM).
d. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ARW).
e. Best Access Systems; Div. of The Stanley Works (BAS). '
f. Cal -Royal Products, Inc. (CRP).
g. Falcon Lock; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (FAL).
h. Marks USA (MKS). '
i. Medeco Security Locks, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (MED).
j. PDQ Manufacturing (PDQ).
k. SARGENT 'Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company '
(SGT).
I. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH).
M. Weiser Lock; a Masco Company (WEI). '
n. Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company
(YAL) .
2.8 DOOR BOLTS '
A. Bolt Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled '
fire doors. - .
B. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA Al 56.16, Grade 1. ,
C. Surface Bolts: BHMA Al 56.16, Grade 1.
1. Flush Bolt Heads:' Minimum of 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) diameter rods of brass, ,
bronze, or stainless steel with minimum 12-inch- (305-mm-) long rod for doors up
to 84 inches (2134 mm) in height. Provide longer rods as necessary for doors ,
exceeding 84 inches (2134 mm).
2. Available Manufacturers:
a. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM). '
b. I Don -Jo Mfg., Inc. (DJO).
C. Door Controls International (DCI).
d. Glynn -Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ). ,
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 5 '
La Quinta Resort — Aur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
e. Hager Companies '(HAG):
f. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS).
g: Stanley,Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley. Works (STH).
h. Trimco (TBM)..
D. Manual Flush Bolts: BHMA Al 56.16, Grade 1';'designed for mortising into door edge.
1. Available Manufacturers:
fm
I
a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM).
b. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM)'�
C Don -Jo Mfg:, Inc. (DJO).
A. Door Controls International (DCI).
e: Glynn -Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ).
f. Hager Companies (HAG).
g. Hiawatha, Inca (HIA).
h. IVES. Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS).
i. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH).
j. Trimco'(TBM).
LOCK CYLINDERS
Standard Lock. Cylinders: ,BHMA Al56.5, Grade 1.
Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard tumbler type, constructed from brass. or bronze,
stainless•steel, or nickel silver,'and complying with the following:
1. Number of Pins: Five.-
C. Permanent .Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish -face to match lockset; with
interchangeable cores.
D'. Construction Keying: Comply with the.following:
1. Construction Master Keys: Provide cylinders with feature that permits voiding of
construction, keys without cylinder removal. Provide 10 construction master keys.
2. Construction Cores: Provide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent
cores. Provide 10 construction master keys.
a. " Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation.
E. Manufacturer: Some manufacturer as.for locks and latches.
F. [Available Manufacturers:
1. ABLOY Security, Inc.;'a'n ASSA ABLOY Group company (ABL).
2. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ARW).
3. , ASSA, Inc.; an".ASSA ABLOY Group company. (ASA).
4. Best Access Systems; Div. of The Stanley Works (BAS). .
DOOR HARDWARE `, r)A71 nn A
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
2.10
n
A
2.11
A.
1
5. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (CR).
6. Falcon Lock; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (FAL).
7. Medeco Security Locks, Inc.; an ASSA. ABLOY Group company (MED).
8. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (SGT).
9. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH).
10. Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (YAL).
KEYING
Keying. System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28,
Appendix A. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference into master key system.
Keys: Nickel silver.
1. Quantity: In addition to one extra key blank for each lock, provide three cylinder ,
change keys and five master keys.
OPERATING TRIM
Standard: BHMA A156.6.
Materials: Fabricate from stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.:
C. Available Manufacturers:
1.
Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM).
2.
Don -Jo Mfg., Inc. (DJO).
3.
Forms + Surfaces (FS).
4.
Hager Companies (HAG).
5.
Hiawatha, Inc. (HIA).
6.
IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS).
7.
Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).
8.
Trimco (TBM).
2.12
A.
B.
C.
CLOSERS
Accessibility Requirements: Comply with the following maximum opening -force
requirements:
1. Exterior, Non -Fire -Rated Hinged Doors: 5 Ibf (22.2 N) applied perpendicular to
door.
Door Closers. Door closers shall not require more than 30 Ibf (133 N) to set door in
motion and not more than'15 Ibf (67 N) to open door to minimum required width.
Size of Units: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturers written
recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to
DOOR HARDWARE e087100 - 7 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
weather, and anticipated frequency of use.. Provide factory -sized closers, adjustable to
meet field conditions and requirements for opening force.
D. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1. Provide type.of.arm required for closer to be
located on non-public side of door, unless otherwise indicated.
c
1. Available Manufacturers:
a. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ARW).
b. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an. ASSA ABLOY Group company
(CR)
c. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North
America (DAH).
i d. Dor-O-Matic; an" Ingersoll-Rand Company (DOR).
e. LCN Closers; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (LCN).
f. Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (NDC).
g. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (RIX).
h. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company
(SGT).
i.' Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company
(YAL) .
2.13 PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS
A. Size: "1-1/2 inches (38 mm) less than door width on push side and 1/2.inch (13 mm)
Jess than door width on .pull side, by height specified in door hardware sets.
B. Metal Protective Trim Units: BHMA A156.6; beveled top and 2 sides; fabricated from
the following material:
1. Material: 0.050-inch-'(1.3-mm-) thick stainless steel
2. Available Manufacturers:
a. American Floor Products Co., Inc. (AFP).
b. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH).
C. , Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM).
d. Don -Jo Mfg., Inc. (DJO).
e. Hager Companies (HAG).
f. Hiawatha,.Inc. (HIA).
g.. IPC Door,and Wall Protection Systems, Inc:;, Div. of InPro.Corporation (IPC). ,
h. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS).
i. Pawling Corporation (PAW).
j. Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).
k. Trimco (TBM).
2.14 STOPS AND HOLDERS
A. Stops and Bumpers: BHMA Al 56.16, Grade 1.
i
DOOR HARDWARE .087.100 - 8
0
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
Peterson Architecture & Associates
1. Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are scheduled or
indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or
wall stops are not appropriate, provide overhead holders.
B. Mechanical Door Holders: BHMA Al 56.16, Grade 1.
C. Combination Floor and Wall Stops and Holders: BHMA A156.8, Grade 1.
D. Silencers for Door Frames: BHMA Al 56.16, Grade 1; neoprene or rubber; fabricated
for drilled -in application to frame:
E. Available Manufacturers:
1. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc. (ABH).
2. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH).
3. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM).
4. Cal -Royal Products, Inc. (CRP).
5. Don -Jo Mfg., Inc. (DJO).
6. Door Controls International (DCI).
7. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North America
(DAH).
8. Dor-O-Matic; an Ingersoll-Rand.Company (DOR).
9. Glynn -Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ).
10. Hager Companies (HAG).
11. HES, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (HES).
12. Hiawatha, Inc. (HIA).
11 IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS).
14. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (RIX).
15. Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).
16. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (SGT).
17. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH).
18. Trimco (TBM).
2.15 DOOR GASKETING
A. Standard: BHMA Al 56.22.
B. General: Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors and provide
smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or scheduled.
Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated.
1. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and
frame.
2. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are
closed.
3. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is
closed.
DOOR HARDWARE
9
087100 - 9
La Quinta Resort -= Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
Is
C. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are
easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer.
E
'D. _ Gasketing Materials: ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 701/702.
E. Available Manufacturers:
1. Hager Companies (HAG).
2. M-D Building Products, Inc. (MD). J
3. National Guard Products (NGP).
4. Pemko Manufacturing Co. (PEM).
5. Reese Enterprises (RE).
6. Sealeze; a unit of Jason Incorporated (SEL)..,
7. Zero International (ZRO).
2.16 THRESHOLDS
A. Standard: BHMA A156.21.
B. Accessibility Requirements: Bevel'raised thresholds. with a slope of not more than `1:2:
Provide thresholds not more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) high.
C. IAvailable Manufacturers:
1. Hager Companies (HAG).
2: M-D Building Products, Inc. (MD),.
3. ' National Guard Products (NGP).
4. Pemko.Manufacturing Co. (PEM).
5. Reese Enterprises (RE).
6. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (RIX).
7. Sealeze; a unit of Jason Incorporated (SEL).
8. Zero International (ZRO).
2.17 FABRICATION
A. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming method
indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal .alloy, composition, temper, and
j hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door
hardware units and BHMAAl56.18. Do not furnish manufacturer's standard materials
or forming methods if different from specified standard.
B. Fasteners: Provide screws according to commercially recognized industry standards for
application intended, except aluminum fasteners.are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-
head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Comply with NFPA 80 for fasteners of door hardware in fire -rated applications.
a
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 10
Y
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
C. Finishes: BHMA Al 56.18, as indicated in door hardware sets.
r
PART 3 - EXECUTION '
3.1 ' INSTALLATION
A. Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI Al 15 Series. Drill and tap doors and '
frames for surface -applied door hardware according to ANSI A250.6.
B. Wood Doors:. Comply with DHI Al 15-W Series.
1
C. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated as follows unless
otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. '
1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for
Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." '
D. Install each door hardware item to comply with, manufacturer's written instructions.
Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that '
are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and
reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 09
Sections. Do not install surface -mounted items until finishes have been completed on '
substrates involved.
E. Key Control System: Tag keys and place them on markers and hooks in key control
system cabinet, as determined by final keying schedule. '
F. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant
complying with requirements specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." '
G. Adjustment: Adjust and,check each operating item of door hardware and each door to
ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted '
to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of
heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility
requirements. '
1. Spring Hinges: Adjust to achieve positive latching when door is allowed to close
freely from an open position of 30 degrees. '
2. Door Closers: Unless otherwise required by authorities having jurisdiction, adjust
sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at
least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch, measured to '
the leading edge of the door.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 11 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 088000 — GLAZING '
PART 1 GENERAL '
1.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS '
A. Glass and glazing materials shall provide continuity of building enclosure vapor and air
barrier. I'
1. To utilize the inner pane of multiple pane sealed units for the continuity of air and
vapor.seal.
2. Maintain continuous air and vapor barrier throughout glazed assembly from glass ,
pane to heel bead of glazing sealant.
B. Glass thickness indicated is minimum and shown for detailing only. Size glass to
withstand dead loads and positive and negative live loads acting normal to plane of glass ,
as calculated in accordance with CBC Chapter 24, as measured in accordance with
ANSI/ASTM E330. I
C. Limit glass deflection to 1/175 or flexure limit of glass, with full recovery of glazing
materials, whichever is less.
t
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's Product Data for glass units, including the '
following:
1. Structural, physical and environmental characteristics.
2. Size limitations. '
3. Special handling or installation requirements
4. Special application requirements for glazing materials.
5. Available colors of glass and glazing materials with color selections-. '
B. Samples: Submit samples as follows:
1. Two samples 8 x 8 inch in size, illustrating glass units, coloration and design. '
2. Four inch long bead of glazing sealant, color as selected.`
C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Submit Manufacturer's certification that sealed insulated I
glass meets or exceeds specified requirements.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE '
A. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to CBC Chapter 24, to local requirements and to I
State law. -
B. Standards: ,
1. ANSI/ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. '
2. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety
Glazing Used in Buildings.
GLAZING
088000 - 1 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
3. GANA'S -Glazing Manual and Laminated Glass Design Guide.
C. Perform Work in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual, GANA Sealant Manual, and
Laminators Safety Glass Association - Standards Manual for Glazing Installation
Methods. :
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Packing and Shipping: Deliver materials to site in Manufacturer's original unopened'
packaging with labels intact.
B: Storage: Adequately protect against damage while stored 'at the site.
C. Handling: Comply with Manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Glass Materials: Furnish products of one of`the following Manufacturers, except as
approved by the Architect, subject to compliance with Specification requirements:
1. Guardian Industries: www-.guardian.com .
2. Oldcastle Glass Group. www.oldcastleglass.com .
3. Pilkington LOF. www.pilkington.com .
.4. PPG Industries. www.ppg.com .
5. Viracon.. www.viracon.com.
6. ACH Float Glass Operations www.visteon.com/floatglass .
7. Cardinal Glass Industries www.cardinalcorp.com
B. Specialty Decorative Laminated Glass Products and Plastic Sheet Materials: As
indicated on Interiors Drawings and Specifications.
2.2 GLASS MATERIALS
A. Float Glass: ASTM C1036, Type 1 transparent flat, Class 1 clear, Quality q3 glazing
select;-1/4 inch thick minimum.
B.. Safety Glass: ASTM :C1048, Kind FT fully tempered with horizontal tempering Condition
A uncoated, Type 1 transparent flat, _Class 1 clear, Quality q3 glazing select; conforming
to ANSI Z97.1; 1/4 inch thick minimum.
2.3 SEALED INSULATING GLASS MATERIALS
A. General: Individual panes of insulated glass units shall be Kind -HS (heat strengthened)
or Kind FT (fully tempered) where. required to resist thermal stress in insulating glass
units, or Kind FT (fully tempered) where indicated or required by Code by location.
B. Insulated Glass Units: ASTM E774 and E773 and.as.follows:
1. Provide insulated glass units as scheduled on the Drawings.
GLAZING 088000 - 2
t
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
f r
2.4 SPECIALTY DECORATIVE LAMINATED GLASS PRODUCTS AND ACRYLIC SHEET
MATERIALS
A. Provide decorative laminated glass and/or acrylic products and decorative plastic sheet
materials, with patterns as shown on the Drawings, as scheduled on Interiors Drawings '
and Specifications.
B. Thermoforming: Where indicated, fabricate acrylic/plastic sheet materials to shapes and
configurations indicated by thermof6rming. '
2.5 GLAZING ACCESSORIES
A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene or other resilient blocks of 70 to 90 Shore A durometer '
hardness tested for compatibility with glazing sealant, minimum length 4 inches.
B. Spacers: Neoprene blocks of 40 to 50 Shore A durometer hardness, adhesive backed
on one face only and tested for compatibility with specified glazing sealant. t
C. VOC Content: For sealants used inside of the weatherproofing system, not more than
250 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
D. Interior Glazing Compound: Polymerized Butyl Rubber and Inert Fillers (pigments), ,
solvent based with minimum 75% solids, non -sag consistency, tack -free time of 24 hours
or less, paintable non -staining.
E. Exterior Glazing Compound: Conforming to ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Use G. '
Compound shall be paintable, or colored to match frame.
F. Glazing Tape: Preshimmed 10 percent solids, non -shrinking, butyl rubber tape
compatible with sealants. If exposed, tape shall be paintable, or colored to match frame. '
2.6 MARKINGS
A. Tempered glass shall have each light permanently etched with Manufacturer's name and '
his compliance with ANSI Z-97.1.
1
PART 3 EXECUTION_
3.1 EXAMINATION '
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrimental
conditions in writing to Architect. Commencement of Work will be construed as '
acceptance of subsurfaces. '
B. Examine framing or glazing channel surfaces, backing, removable stop design, and I
conditions under which glazing is to be performed.
C. Coordination: Coordinate with other Work which affects, connects with, or will be ,
concealed by this Work.
3.2 1 N STALLATI O N I'
A. Comply with combined recommendations of Glass Manufacturer, aluminum frame
manufacturer and manufacturer of sealants and other materials used in glazing, except
where more stringent requirements are shown or specified.
B. Clean the glazing, channel, or other framing members to receive glass, immediately '
GLAZING 088000 - 3 t
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
before glazing. Remove coatings which are' -not firmly .bonded to the substrate.
C. Do not attempt to cut, seam, nip, or abrade glass which is tempered or heat
strengthened.
D. Comply with "Glazing Manual" by GANA, except as shown and specified otherwise by
Manufacturers of glass and glazing materials.
E. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation, and discard those which
have observable edge damage or face imperfections.
F. Install setting blocks of proper size at quarter points of sill rabbet.-
G. Provide spacers inside and out, and of proper size and spacing, for glass sizes larger
than 50 united inches. Provide 1/8 inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use
thickness equal to sealant width. ,
H. Unify appearance of each series of lights by setting each piece to match others as nearly
as possible. Inspect.each piece and set with pattern, draw and bow oriented in the same
direction as other pieces.
I. Gasket'Glazing:
1. Fabricate gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit
openings exactly, with stretch allowance during installation.
2. Miter cut and bond ends together at corners where gaskets are used for channel
glazing, so that gaskets will not pull away from` corners and result in voids or
leaks in the glazing system.
3. Insert gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop, securely in place.
3.3 EXTERIOR COMBINATION METHOD (TAPE AND SEALANT)
A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent.
B. Cut glazing tape to proper length and set against permanent stops, 3/16. inch below
sightline. Weld corners together by butting tape and dabbing with sealant.
C. Apply bed of sealant along exterior void ensuring full contact with glass.
D. Place setting blocks at 1./4 points.
E. Rest glass on setting blocks and push against tape (and' heel bead of sealant) with
sufficient pressure to ensure full contact and adhesion of perimeter.
F. Install removable stops, spacer strips inserted between glass, and applied stops at 2-foot
intervals, 1 /4 inch below sightline. Place glazing tape on glass with tape flush with
sightline.
G. Fill gap between glass and applied stop with sealant to depth equal to bite of frame on
glass but not more than 3/8 inch below sightline.
GLAZING { 088000 - 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
H. Apply cap bead of sealant along exterior void, to uniform and level line, flush with
sightline. Tool or wipe cap bead surface with solvent for smooth appearance.
3.4 INTERIOR COMBINATION METHOD (TAPE AND SEALANT)
A. Cut glazing tape to proper length and install against permanent stop, projecting 1/16.1
inch above sightline.
B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 point. ,
C. Rest glass on setting blocks and push against tape with sufficient pressure to ensure full
contact and adhesion at perimeter.
D. Install removable stops; spacer strips inserted between glass and applied stops at 2 foot
intervals, 1/4 inch below sightline. , I
E. Fill gap between glass and applied stop with sealant to depth equal to bite of frame on
glass to uniform and level line.
F. Neatly trim off excess tape to sightline.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged in
any other way during the construction period, including natural causes, accidents and
vandalism.
3.6 CLEANING
A. During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of excess
materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition.
B. Remove labels after Work is completed.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect glass from breakage immediately upon installation, by,attachment of crossed
streamers to framing held away from glass.
B. Do not apply markers of any type to surfaces of glass.
END OF SECTION 088000
r
GLAZING 088000 - 5
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1
- GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1. Interior gypsum board.
B.
Samples: For the following products:
1. Textured 'Finishes: 12" x 12" for each, textured finish 'indicated and on. same
backing indicated for Work. '
PART 2
- PRODUCTS ,
2.1
INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A.
General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, as
applicable to type of gypsum board indicated and °whichever is more stringent.
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include; but are not
limited, -to, the following:
2. Manufacturers:, Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by.one
of the following:
a. American Gypsum Co.
b. BPB America Inc.
c. G-P Gypsum.
d. Lafarge North'America Inca
e. National Gypsum Company.' ,
f. PABCO Gypsum. .
g. Temple.
.
h. USG Corporation.
B.
Type X:
1. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 'mm):
2. Long Edges: Tapered. "
C.
Moisture- and Mold -Resistant Type: With moisture-. . and mold -resistant core and
surfaces.
GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 1
La Quints Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1. Core: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm), Type X.
2. Long Edges: Tapered.
2.2 TRIM ACCESSORIES -
A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.
1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum -coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or
paper -faced galvanized steel sheet.
2. Shapes:
a. Cornerbead.
b. Bullnose bead.
C. LC -Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.-
d. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.
e. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound.
f. Expansion (control) joint.
g. Curved -Edge Cornerbead: With' notched or flexible flanges.
2.3 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.
B. Joint Tape:
1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard:. Paper.
C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is
compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
-7
1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping
compound.
2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners,
and trim flanges, use drying -type, all-purpose compound.
a. Use setting -type compound for installing paper -faced metal trim
accessories.
3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound.
4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound.
2.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards
and manufacturer's written recommendations.-
B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.
GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 2
Lal Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for. fastening panels to steel members
from 0.033 to.0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84'mm) thick.
2. ' For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended
by panel manufacturer.
2.5 TEXTURE FINISHES
A. Primer: As recommended by textured finish manufacturer.
B. Finish: To be determined by Architect and Owner's Representative.
1. Texture: Medium.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL
A. Comply with. ASTM C 840. '
B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and
mold damaged.
C. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non -load -bearing partitions at structural
abutments,' except floors., Provide 1 /4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide .spaces at
these locations, and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal
joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical seglant.
D. Wood Framing: Install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner
construction. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide -dimension
lumber, including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members, or
provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage.
3.2 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations:
1. Type X: As indicated on Drawings.
2. Moisture --and Mold -Resistant Type: As indicated on Drawings.
3.3 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same
,fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840.
GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 3
10
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
C' Interior Trim: Install in the following locations:
1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. ,
3.4 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD '
A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints,
penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare '
gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from
adjacent surfaces.
B. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas.
C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not
intended for tape.
3.5 APPLYING TEXTURE FINISHES '
A. Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and apply primer to gypsum panels and other
surfaces receiving texture finishes. Apply primer to surfaces that are clean, dry, and
smooth.
B. Texture Finish Application: Mix and apply finish using powered spray equipment, to '
produce a uniform texture matching approved mockup and free of starved spots or
other evidence of thin application or of application patterns. ,
C. Prevent texture finishes from coming into contact with surfaces not indicated to receive
texture finish by covering them with masking agents, polyethylene film, or other means.
If, despite these precautions, texture finishes contact these surfaces, immediately remove
droppings and overspray to prevent damage according to texture -finish manufacturer's
written recommendations.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, '
construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. -
B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited
to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. ,
2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or
splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
END OF SECTION 092900
GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 4 ,
La Quinta Resort - Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 093000 - TILING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1. Ceramic mosaic tile.
2. Quarry tile:
1.2
-SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's data' for tile and accessory materials, including
recommended procedures for mixing materials and setting tile.
B.
Samples: Submit samples of each type of ceramic tile, quarry tile required, marked with
Manufacture's name and location where tile is to be installed.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI 'A-108 Series and the TCA "Handbook for
Ceramic the Installation". Tile shall bear'the TCA grade seal.
B.
Static Coefficient of -Friction. Provide floor'tile products and finished floor installation with
coefficient of friction of 0.6 minimum for level surfaces as tested per ASTM C.1028.
1.4
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING.
A.
Deliver' manufactured materials in original; unbroken containers bearing name of
Manufacturer, brand and grade seals. Keep materials dry, clean and protected against
deterioration.
1.5
MAINTENANCE
A.
Extra Materials: Furnish one (1) square foot of tile for each 100 square feet of each
color size of tile and grouting. materials used in the project. If less than 1.00 square -feet
is installed, provide. a minimum of one square foot of extra stock. Extra materials shall
be furnished in original package.
TILING'
093000 - 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. American Marazzi Tile, Inc.
2. American Olean; Div. of Dal -Tile International Corp.
3. Buchtal Corporation USA.
4. Cerim-Floor Gres Geramiche.
5. Crossville Ceramics Company, L.P.
6. Daltile; Div. of Dal -Tile International Inc.
7. Florida Tile Industries, Inc.
8. Gran itiFiandre.
9. Interceramic.
10. KPT, Inc.
11. Laufen USA.
12. Lone Star Ceramics Company.
13. Metropolitan Ceramics.
14. Monarch Tile, Inc.
15. Porcelanite, Inc.
16. Quarry Tile Company.
17. Seneca Tiles, Inc.
18. Summitville Tiles, Inc.
19. United States Ceramic Tile Company.
20. Winburn Tile Manufacturing Company.
B. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide Standard grade tile that complies with
ANSI A137.1, "Specifications for Ceramic Tile," for types, compositions, and other
characteristics indicated.
2.2 TILE MATERIALS
A. Ceramic and. Quarry Floor and Wall Tile Products: Provide products as on Drawings
Room Finish Schedule.
B. Trim Shapes: Provide Manufacture's full selection of trim shapes as required.
1. Provide all bases, caps, stops, returns, trimmers, and other shapes indicated or
required to produce a completely finished installation.
2. Except as may be shown otherwise on the Drawings. Provide color and finish
matching the adjacent tile.
2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Mortar or Thin Set Installation: Latex-portland cement mortar per ANSI A118.4 and
applicable TCA Method.
TILING 093000 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
B. Grout:
1. Latex Grout: Conforming to ANSI 118.6 and the TCA Handbook, by and
approved Manufacturer. Grout shall be sealed as recommended by manufacturer.
a. Provide sanded grout for joints over 1/8 inch and unsanded grout for joints
less than 1/8 inch in width.
2. Colot(s): As indicated on Drawings, .or if not indicated, as selected by Owner's
Representative.
C. Thresholds: Fabricate to provide transition between adjacent floor. finishes. Bevel edges
at 1:2 slope, limit height of bevel to 1/2 inch (12.7.mm) or less, and finish bevel to
match face of threshold.
Marble Thresholds: ASTM C 503 with a minimum abrasion resistance of 12 per
ASTM C 1353 or ASTM C 241 and with honed finish.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Cleavage Membrane: Dal -Tile CIS or Nobleseal CIS, 30 mil CPE with non -woven spun
bond polyester fabric laminated to both sides. Adhesive for application of membrane
shall be compatible with substrate.-
B. Ceramic Tile Backer Board: Provide either cementitious backer unit or coated glass mat
water-resistant gypsum backer board conforming to ANSI Al 18.9.
1: Acceptable Products:
a. Coated Glass Mat Water -Resistant Gypsum Backer Board: Georgia Pacific
Dens -Shield Tile Guard. This product is used as an option to cementitious
backer units at walls without the need of the waterproofing underlayment.
b. Cementitious Backer Unit:
1) Modulars Inc. Wonder -Board.
2) USG Durabond Division Durock Tile Backer Board.,
2. Accessories for Cementitious Backer Unit:
a. Joint Materials for Ceramic Tile Backer Units: provide joint tape and other
material as recommended by cementitious backer unit manufacturer and
complying with ANSI Al 18.9 and ANSI Al08.1 1.
b. Fasteners: Galvanized or coated steel drill screws of size and type
recommended by the the backer unit manufacturer ,for fastening
cementitious backer units to wood studs as indicated.
c. Waterproofing Underlayment Membrane (required. under cementitious
backer board units at walls and ceiling): Minimum 10 mil polyolefin sheet as
manufactured by one of the following. Provide Manufacturer's
recommended joining and repair tape.
1) Stego Industires, L.L.C. (877) 464 -7834
2) Socopac Co.
3) Raven Industries (800) 635-3456 '
d. Underlayment Waterproofing Sealant: Sonneborne HLM5000 ksingle
component, bitumen modified, cold liquid applied moisture curing urethane
complyin with ASTM C836.
TILING 093000 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
C. Expansion/Control Joint Backing Material: Provide closed cell polyethylene foam
weighing not less than 2.7 lbs. per cubic feet, and in dimension approximately 20
percent thicker than width of the expansion joint in which used.
D. Expansion/Control Joint Sealant: Provide in colors selected by Owner's Representative,
complying with requirements of Section 079200.
1. At joints between floors and walls, and at the perimeter of door frames, provide
one -part low modulus moisture cure silicone rubber sealant conforming to FS TT-
S-001543A, Class A, FS TT-S-00230C, Type II, Class A and ASTM C920, Type S,
Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT, M, G, A, and O.
2. At joints in traffic areas, and at perimeter joints, provide two part polyurethane
material conforming to ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, Use T, with
Shore A hardness of 35-45.
E. Edge and Transition Strips. Solid Brass, extruded aluminum, or roll -formed stainless steel
edge strips, height as indicated; with integral perforated anchoring leg for setting the
strip into the setting material. Refer to Drawings for locations.
1. Height: As required to suit application, flush with finished floor surface.
2. Finish: As selected by Owners' Representative.
3. Products: Subject to compliance with specifications requirements, provide one of
the following as selected by Owners' Representative, unless otherwise indicted on
Drawings:
a. Schluter —SCHIENE with brass or stainless steel finsh, or DILEX-KS-EKSN.
F. Anti -Fracture Membrane: Provide one of the following:
1. Laticrete Blue 92 Anti -Fracture Membrane; Laticrete International.
2. Trowel & Seal Waterproofing and Anti -Fracture Membrane, Custom Building
Products.
3. PRP M19, Mapei Corporation.
G. Waterproof Membrane: Provide one.of the following:
1. Lacticrete 9235 fluid applied membrane with fabric reinforcement; Laticrete
International.
2. PRP 315 two -component synthetic polymer anti -fracture and waterproofing
membrane and as manufactured by Mapei Corporation, meeting ANSI Al 18.10.
trowel -applied.
3. Schluter KERDI sheet waterproofing membrane.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A.
Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrimental conditions in writing.
Commencement of Work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces.
Coordinate with other Work, which affects, connects with or is concealed by this Work.
Before proceeding, make certain required inspections have been made.
TILING 093000 - 4
La Quinta Resort— Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. , Peterson Architecture & Associates
C. Fill low spots ;and grind or sand high' spots ,to provide required tolerances._ Use latex
modified Portland cement based. trowelable leveling and patching compound to fill
holes, cracks and depressions in accordance with tide setting materials printed
instructions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap,
wax, oil, or silicone, that are incompatible with tile -setting materials.
B. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound
according to tile -setting material manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding.
D. Field -Applied Temporary Protective. Coating,: Where indicated under tile type or -needed
to prevent grout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with
continuous film of temporary protective coating, taking care not to coat unexposed the
surfaces.
E. Obtain exact locations of expansion joints and accessories before installing. tile.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. ANSI -,Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "'Specifications
for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and
to methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.
B. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply
with TCA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.
C. Extend tile work into recesses and under I
or behind equipment and fixtures to form
complete covering without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated.. Terminate work
neatly at obstructions, edges, and 'corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.
D. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without
marring ;visible surfaces. Grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items.
Fit tile closely to electrical "outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates,
collars, or covers overlap tile. 1
E. Jointing Pattern: Lay,tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when
adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size.. Lay out tile work and
center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to
minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths; unless otherwise indicated.
F. Lay out tile wainscots to next"full tile beyond dimensions indicated.
TILING 093000 - 5
f ,-
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
Peterson Architecture & Associates
G. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant -filled joints during
installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do .not saw -cut joints after I
installing tiles.
1. Locate joints in the surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. ,
2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 07
Section "Joint Sealants."
H. Grout tile to comply with requirements of ANSI Al08.10, unless otherwise indicated. ,
1. For'chemical-resistant epoxy grouts, comply with ANSI A108.6.
I. At showers, tubs, and where indicated, install cementitious backer units and treat joints ,
to comply with ANSI Al 08.11.
J. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI Al08.13 and waterproofing manufacturer's
written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded
securely to substrate. I
1. Do not install the over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been
tested to determine that it is watertight. '
1
K. For installations indicated below, follow procedures in ANSI Al08 Series tile installation
standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage. '
1. Exterior the floors.
2. Tile floors in wet areas.
3. Tile swimming pool decks.
4. Tile floors in laundries.
5. Tile floors composed of tiles 8 by 8 inches (200 by 200 mm) or larger. ,
6. Tile floors composed of rib -backed tiles. -
L. Install tile on floors with the following joint widths:
1. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). ,
2. Quarry Tile: 1/4 inch (6.35 mm)
M. Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated or where exposed edge of the flooring
meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile. '
N. Install metal lath and scratch coat for walls to comply with ANSI Al 08.1A, Section 4.1.
O. Install tile on walls with the following joint widths:
1. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). '
2. Quarry Tile: 1/4 inch (6.35 mm)
TILING - 093000 - 6 1
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
P. Apply grout sealer to cementitious grout joints in the floors according to grout -sealer
manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints,
remove excess sealer and sealer that has gotten on tile faces by wiping with soft cloth.
3.4 CURING
A: Damp cure all Mile installations, including Portland cement grouts, for 72 hours
miniumum.
.1. Cover with clean non staining 40-pound Kraft paper.
2. Do not use Polyethylene sheets directly over tile on horizontal surfaces.
3. Keep all traffic, off newly installed floors for at least 72 hours. Protection may be
necessary.
3.5 TOLERANCES
A. Tile: Do not exceed the following deviations from level and,plumb', and from elevations,
locations, slopes.and alignments shown:
1: ` Horizontal surfaces: 1 /8 inch in 10'-0" in all directions;
2. Vertical surfaces:.1/8 inch 8'-0" in all directions.
3. Lippage: 1/8 igch maximum. :
4. Maximum Variation of Joint Width: 1 /16 inch' at tile with joints up to '/a inch in
width, 1/,8 inch at the with joints over'/a inch in width.
.3.6 CLEANING
A. Wipe surfaces clean after grouting, remove traces of mortar, and grout. Do not use acid
solutions for cleaning glazed tile:
B. 'During the course of the Work and on completion, remove and dispose of excess
materials, equipment and ,debris away from premises: Leave Work in clean condition.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Close spaces to traffic or, other Work until tile is firmly •set. Protect from damage until
acceptance. Repair damaged Work at no additional cost to Owner.
B. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from using newly tiled floors for at least 7 days. Place
large, flat boards in walkways and wheelways where use of newly tiled floor is
unavoidable.
END OF SECTION 093000
TILING 093000 = 7
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 095100 — LAY -IN CEILINGS
PART 1 GENERAL ,
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit Drawings showing complete layout of systems including
attachments, intersections of members and.edge conditions.
B. Product Data: Provide data on metal grid system components and Lay -in units.
C. Samples:
1. Submit 2 samples of each type of unit specified, including color selection when
applicable.
2. Submit samples of Manufacturer's full color selection for selection by Architect. ,
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE '
A. Qualifications: Installer shall be approved by Manufacturer of material or system.
B. Standards: Comply with the following: '
1. ASTM C635, "Standard Specification for Acoustical Tile and Lay -In Panel
Ceilings."
2. ASTM C636, "Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling '
Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -In Panels."
3. Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association (CISCA)
"Recommendations for Direct -Hung Acoustical the and Lay -in Panel Ceilings."
4. Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association (CISCA) "Guidelines for
Seismic Restraint for Direct Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies."
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ,
A. Packing and Shipping: Deliver materials to site in Manufacturer's original unopened ,
packaging with labels intact. Protect finished surfaces with removable wrapping or
coating which will not bond when exposed to sunlight.
J B. Storage: Adequately protect against damage while stored at the site.
C. Handling: Comply with Manufacturer's instructions. '
1.4 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials: Provide an additional 5 percent of each type of Lay -in unit installed, ,
in unopened labeled cartons, to the Owner at completion of Work, for his maintenance
use, at no additional cost. Provide, at minimum, one full carton of each type of Lay -in
unit.
LAY -IN CEILINGS 095100 - 1 '
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.O1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Furnish products of the following Manufacturers, except as approved otherwise by the
Architect, subject to compliance with Specification requirements.
1. Armstrong World Industries www.ceilings.com
2. -- Chicago Metallic Corporation (for suspension system) www.chicago-metallic.com .
3. USG Interiors, Inc. www.usg.com '
4..,BPB America, Inc. (Celotex, Capaul-and Gyptone Brands) www.bpb-na.com_
2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEM
A. Ceiling Suspension System: Heavy duty with components formed from,commercial
quality cold rolled steel electro-zinc coated.
1. Main -Runners: Minimum of 1-1/2 inch in height with an exposed capped face of
15/16 inch in width, nominally 12 feet long.
2. Cross -Tees: Minimum of 1-1/2 inch in heightwith_an exposed capped face'in.a
width'to match main runners. .
3. Finish-' Exposed faces of main and cross runners shall be a baked enamel paint
r finish, white color. _
B. Hanger Wire: Galvanized. steel conforming to Federal Specification FF-QQ-W-461,
Finish 5, Class 1 annealed, and not less than 12 gauge).
C. Suspension system shall support the ceiling system specified with a maximum deflection
of 1 /360 of the span.
D. Wall and Penetration Moldings: 24 MSG painted steel with a minimum one inch wide
lower.flange, finish and configuration to match grid. For circular penetrations provide
edge molding manufactured to -exact diameter of,circular penetration.
E. Hold -Down Clips: Provide access type hold-down clips where required by Acoustical
,Ceiling ,Manufacturer for type and. condition and where panels weigh less than one pound
per square foot.
2.3 CEILING PANELS _
A. Lay -in Ceiling Panels:
1. Model/Style: Match existing.
2. Size: 24 inch x 48 inch x,5/8 inch:,
3. Surface Finish- Factory applied, washable, vinyl latex paint finish, white color.
4. Light reflectance of LR-1 (over 75 percent), per Fed. Spec. SS,S-1 18B and
ASTM E1264. ;
5. Surface Burning Characteristics: Class A per ASTM E1264 and Fed. Spec. SSS-
11813,,Flame Spread 25 or under, per ASTM E-84 (UL Label).'
6. Edge Detail: Match existing.
LAY -IN CEILINGS 095100 - 2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Acoustical Batt Insulation: Specified in Section 09 81 00.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Peterson Architecture & Associates
3.1 EXAMINATION -
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine subsurfaces to receive Work and report detrimental
conditions in writing, with a copy to Architect. Commencement of Work will be construed
as acceptance of subsurfaces.
B. Verify, before proceeding with this Work, that required inspections of existing conditions
have been completed.
3.2 INSTALLATION - SUSPENSION SYSTEM
A. Install suspension system in accordance the following:
.1. ASTM C636 and as supplemented in this Section.
2. CISCA's Recommendations for Acoustical Ceilings: Comply with CISCA's
"Guidelines for Seismic Restraint for Direct Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies
Seismic Zones 3-4" May 2004 as modified by CBC Section 1621.2.5.
3. U.B.C. "Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and for Lay -in Panel
Ceilings": U.B.C. Standard 25-2.
B. Install system capable of supporting imposed loads to a deflection of 1 /360 maximum.
C. Lay out system to a balanced grid design with edge units no less than 50 percent of
acoustical unit size.
D. Install after major above -ceiling Work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers
with other Work.
E. Supply hangers or inserts for installation in concrete with instructions for their correct
placement.
F. Provide hanger clips during steel deck erection. Provide additional hangers and inserts
as required.
G. Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit.
Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of
adjacent members.
H. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the .
nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance.
I. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead
load to exceed deflection capability. Support fixture loads by supplementary hangers
located within 6 inches of each corner; or support components independently.
LAY -IN CEILINGS 095100 - 3
f
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
J. Do not eccentrically load system, or produce rotation of runners.
K. Install edge. molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest
practical lengths.. Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other
interruptions.
L. Form expansion joints as detailed. Form to accommodate plus or minus 1 inch
movement. Maintain visual closure.
3.3 INSTALLATION - LAY -IN UNITS. .
A. Install Lay -in units in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions.
B. Fit Lay -in units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to
appearance and function.
C. Lay directional patterned units one way with pattern parallel to longest room axis and in
accordance with the reflected ceiling, plan. Fit border trim neatly against abutting
surfaces.
D. Install units after above -ceiling Work is complete.
E. Install acoustical units level in- uniform plane, and free from twist, warp and dents.
F. Cut panels to fit irregular grid and perimeter edge trim. Field rabbett panel edge. Double
cut.and field paint exposed edges of reveal edge units:
G. Where round obstructions occur, provide preformed closers to match edge molding.
H. Install hold-down clips to retain panels tight to grid system where required for fire -rated
system.
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1 /4 inch in 10 feet.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Remove damaged or soiled panels and replace with new units, as directed by Architect.
3.6 CLEANING
A. During the course of the Work and on completion, remove anddispose of excess
materials, equipment and debris away from premises. Leave Work in clean condition.
END OF SECTION 095100
LAY -IN CEILINGS
,
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
,
SECTION 097733 - FRP WALL PANELS
PART 1 GENERAL ,
,t
1.1 SUBMITTALS '
A. Product Data: Manufacturer's Specifications and installation instructions for each
material and accessory.
B. Submit Manufacturer's full range of color and pattern samples of wall panels and trim
pieces for Architect's selection. Submit two samples of selected products.
C. Submit cleaning and maintenance instructions in accordance with Section 01 77 00.
1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ,
A. Deliver materials clearly labeled to identify Manufacturer, brand name, quality or grade
and fire hazard classification. '
B. Store horizontally in original undamaged packages.
1.3 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS ,
A. Environmental Requirements: Install materials when temperature and humidity ,
conditions approximate conditions that will exist when building is occupied..
PART 2 PRODUCTS ,
a
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Furnish products of one of the specified Manufacturers, except as approved by the '
Architect, subject to compliance with Specification requirements.
1. Kemlite Company, Joliet, IL (800) 435-0080. www.kemlite.com '
2. Marlite www.marlite.com
2.2 MATERIALS
A. FRP Panels: Fiberglass reinforced plastic panels complying with the following:
1. Class: Class I (A) FR panels. '
2. Thickness: 0.090.
3. Texture: Textured.
4. Color: White, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. '
B. Adhesive for panel installation: Manufacturer's recommended type for use with selected
materials, waterproof, mildew resistant nonstaining type. '
C. Edge Sealant: Type "E" clear mildew resistant silicone sealant as specified in Section
07 92 00, or mildew resistant sealant recommended by manufacturer for sealing panel '
edges and moldings.
RFP WALL PANELS 097733 - 1 '
Peterson Architecture & Associates
P
La Quinta Resort— Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
.D. Moldings: All molding shall be 1-piece vinyl of the following types, color to match FRP.
1. Panel Edges: "J" type Cap molding.
2. Panel to Panel: "H" type Division Bar molding.
3. Inside Corner: "J" type Inside Corner molding with radius edge.
4. Outside Corner: "J" type Outside Corner -molding with extended leg.
5. Ceiling: "J" type Ceiling molding with radius edge, or use inside corner molding:
E. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard nylon drive pins.
F. Miscellaneous Items: Furnish and install supplementary or miscellaneous items,
appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete
installation whether or not specified or indicated. .
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions:
1. Examine substrate and conditions under which the material is to be installed.
2. Verify that surfaces, whenitested with moisture meter, have proper moisture -
content.
3. Verify that nails and screws are recessed, with joints and depressions taped,
finish and sealed.
4. Remove contaminants from areas to be covered.
5. Do not proceed with Work until Work of other Trades which passes through wall
covering has been completed and unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
6. Start of Work indicates acceptance of responsibility for performance and any
required remedial Work.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install panels in accordance with Manufacturer's printed instructions using full sheet
mastic coverage method plus nylon fasteners.
B. Make joints with 1/8 inch space for expansion and use moldings designed for each
condition for the Project.
C. Bevel back edges of panels with block plane to permit proper fit. into moldings.
D. Place a continuous bead of sealant in the receiver channel of all moldings immediately
prior to installation of FRP panels. Place continuous bead of sealant at all edges and tool
to smooth, slightly concave shape.
E. If one end of panel must be mechanically fastened, do not fasten the other end.
F. Remove plumbing escutcheons, switchplates, wall plates, and surface -mounted fixtures,
and cut wall paneling evenly to fit. Replace items after completion of Work.
RFP WALL PANELS 097733 -2
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
G. Where applicable, install paneling before installation of plumbing, casings, bases,
cabinets and other items to be applied over paneling. '
3.3 CLEANING
A. Remove excess adhesive and smudges with soft cloth and mineral spirits. w '
END OF SECTION 097733 '
t
' 1
RFP WALL PANELS 097733 - 3 '
La Quints Resort —Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration'T.I
Peterson Architecture & Associates
SECTION 099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes, surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the
following interior substrates:
. i
1. Concrete.
2. Concrete masonry units (CMU):
3. .Steel.
4. ~Wood.
5. Gypsum board.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
t .
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples: For each finish and for each color and texture required.
C. Product List: Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category
specified in Part 2, with the proposed product highlighted.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. MPI Standards:
1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in "MPI Approved
Products List."
2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural
Painting Specification Manual" for products and paint systems indicated.
B. Mockups: Apply benchmark samples of each paint system indicated and each color and
finish selected to verify preliminary, selections made under sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for
application of each paint system specified in Part 3.'
a. Wall and Ceiling Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 10 sq. ft. (.9 sq. m):
b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.
r
2. Apply benchmark samples after permanent lighti'ng and other environmental
services have been activated.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 1
N
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
3. Final approval of color selections will be based on benchmark samples.
a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional t
benchmark samples of additional colors selected by Architect at no added
cost to Owner. '
1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS '
A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix)
as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels
describing contents. ,
1. Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each
material and color applied. ,
PART 2 - PRODUCTS '
2.1 PAINT, GENERAL '
A. Material Compatibility:
1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one ,
another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as
demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
-2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by '
manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
B. VOC Content of Field -Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that '
comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint
base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24); these
requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or ,
finishing shop:
1. Nonflat Paints',Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. '
2. Anti -Corrosive and 'Anti -Rust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more
than 250 g/L.
3. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: VOC content of not more than 200 g/L. '
C. Chemical Components of Field -Applied .Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide topcoat
paints and anti -corrosive and anti -rust paints applied to ferrous metals that comply with '
the following chemical restrictions; these requirements do not apply to paints and
coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop:
1. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0 '
percent by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds
containing one or more benzene rings).
1
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 2 '
-�
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
2. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain .any of the
following:
a. Acrolein.
b. Acrylonitrile.
C. Antimony.
d. Benzene.
e. Butyl benzyl phthalate.
f. Cadmium.-
g. Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate:
h. Di-n-butyl phthalate.
i. Di-n-octyl phthalate.
j. 1,2-dichlorobenzene.
k. Diethyl phthalate.
I. Dimethyl phthalate.
M. Ethylbenzene.
n. Formaldehyde.
o. Hexavalent chromium.
p. Isophororie.
q. Lead.
r. Mercury.
S. Methyl ethyl ketone.
t Methyl isobutyl ketone.
U. Methylene chloride.
V. Naphthalene.
W. Toluene (methyl benzene).
X. 1,1,1-trichloroethane.
y. Vinyl chloride.
D. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2.2 BLOCK FILLERS
A. Interior/Exterior Latex Block Filler: MPI #4.
2.3 PRIMERS/SEALERS
A. Interior Latex Primer/Sealer: MPI #50.
B. Wood -Knot Sealer: Sealer recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for use in
paint systems indicated. .
2.4 METAL PRIMERS
A. Rust -Inhibitive Primer (Water Based): MPI #107.
B. Waterborne Galvanized -Metal Primer: MPI #134.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 3
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. . Peterson Architecture & Associates
2.5 WOOD PRIMERS
A. Interior Latex -Based Wood Primer: MPI #39.
2.6 LATEX PAINTS
A. Interior Latex (Satin): MPI #43 (Gloss Level 4)- .
r,
B. Interior Ldtex (Semigloss): MPI #54 (Gloss Level 5).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance - with
requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance
of work.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture
meter as follows:
1. Concrete: 12 percent.
2. Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent.
3. Wood: 15 percent.
4. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.
5. Plaster: 12 percent.
C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing
finishes and primers.
D. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and
surfaces are dry.
1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates
and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION AND APPLICATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI
Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated.
B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil,
grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.
1. Remove, incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as
required to produce paint systems indicated.
INTERIOR PAINTING
099123 - 4
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I. Peterson Architecture & Associates
C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush
marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp
lines and color breaks.
D. Painting Mechanical and Electrical Work: Paint items exposed in equipment rooms and
occupied spaces including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Mechanical Work:
a. Visible portions of internal surfaces.of metal -ducts, without liner, behind air
inlets and outlets.'
2. Electrical Work:
a. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory -primed finish for field
painting. .
E. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to
work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, 'replacing, and refinishing, as approved by
Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.
F. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or
defaced painted surfaces.
3.3 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Concrete Substrates, Nontraffic Surfaces:
1. Latex, System: MPI INT 3.1 E.
a. Prime Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat.
b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat.
C. Topcoat: Interior latex satin or semigloss.
2. Latex Over Sealer System: MPI INT 3.1A.
a. Prime. Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer.
b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat.
C. Topcoat: Interior latex satin or semigloss.
B. CMU Substrates:
1. Latex System: MPI INT 4.2A.
a. Prime Coat: Interior/exterior latex block filler.
b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat.
C. Topcoat: Interior latex.satin or semigloss.
C. Steel Substrates:
INTERIOR PAINTING - 099123 5
La Quinta Resort — Azur Kitchen Fire Restoration T.I.
Peterson Architecture & Associates
1. Latex Over Alkyd Primer System: MPI INT 5.1 Q.
a. . Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer.
b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat.
C. Topcoat: Interior latex satin or semigloss.
D. Dressed Lumber Substrates: Including architectural woodwork.
1. Latex System: MPI INT 6.3T.
a. Prime Coat: Interior latex -based wood primer.
b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat.
C. Topcoat: Interior latex semigloss.
E. Dimension Lumber Substrates, Nontraffic Surfaces: Including exposed framing.
1. Latex System: MPI INT 6.2D.
a. Prime Coat: Interior latex -based wood primer.
b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat.
C. Topcoat: Interior latex satin or semigloss.
F. Gypsum Board Substrates:
1. Latex System: MPI INT 9.2A.
a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer.
b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat.
C. Topcoat: Interior latex satin or semigloss.
END OF SECTION 099123
0
INTERIOR PAINTING I1 1 099123 - 6